Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

upon this

  • 1 hit on, or upon

    عَثَرَ على \ come across: to find or meet by chance: I came across this old book in the market. discover: to find, esp. by chance: I discovered a snake under my bed. I never discovered who she was. find (found): to discover by chance: Did you find that old shoe in the road?. hit on, or upon: to find by chance: I hit upon a new way of saving money. lay hands on: to be able to find: I have a key, but I can’t lay hands on it just now. locate: to find sth. in a certain place (esp. on a map): The church is easily located by its high tower. strike: to find (by search or thought): We struck oil in the desert. I struck upon a new way of making soap.

    Arabic-English glossary > hit on, or upon

  • 2 na sebi

    • upon this

    Serbian-English dictionary > na sebi

  • 3 налитам

    налетя 1. fly (on, upon, at, against) fall (on, upon), rush (on, upon, against), land (on, upon)
    налетяха ме спомени I was visited by memories
    как пък на него баш налетях what luck to run into him of all people
    бягахме от вълци, налетяхме на мечки прен. out of the frying pan into the fire
    как налетя на тази мисъл? how did you hit upon this idea?
    налитам на бой spoil for a fight, разг. trail o.'s coat
    4. налита ме да (иде ми да) feel like (c ger.)
    * * *
    налѝтам,
    и налетя̀вам, налетя̀ гл.
    1. fly (on, upon, at, against) fall (on, upon), rush (on, upon, against), land (on, upon); врагът налетя върху заспалото село the enemy fell upon the sleeping village; налетяха ме спомени I was visited by memories;
    2. ( попадам на нещо лошо) run (на into); как налетя на тази мисъл? how did you hit upon this idea? как пък на него баш налетях what luck to run into him of all people;
    3. ( стремя се към нещо) be after; \налитам на бой spoil for a fight, разг. trail o.’s coat;
    4.: налита ме да ( иде ми да) feel like (с ger.).
    * * *
    fall (upon); hawk; rush (upon)
    * * *
    1. (попадам на нещо лошо) run (на into) 2. (стремя се към нещо) be after 3.: налита ме да (иде ми да) feel like (c ger.) 4. НАЛИТАМ на бой spoil for a fight, разг. trail o.'s coat 5. бягахме от вълци, налетяхме на мечки прен. out of the frying pan into the fire 6. врагът налетя върху заспалото село the enemy fell upon the sleeping village 7. как налетя на тази мисъл? how did you hit upon this idea? 8. как пък на него баш налетях what luck to run into him of all people 9. налетя fly (on, upon, at, against) fall (on, upon), rush (on, upon, against), land (on, upon) 10. налетяха ме спомени I was visited by memories

    Български-английски речник > налитам

  • 4 adeo

    1.
    ăd-ĕo, ĭī, and rarely īvi, ĭtum (arch. adirier for adiri, Enn. Rib. Trag. p. 59), 4, v. n. and a. (acc. to Paul. ex Fest. should be accented a/deo; v. Fest. s. v. adeo, p. 19 Müll.; cf. the foll. word), to go to or approach a person or thing (syn.: accedo, aggredior, advenio, appeto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., constr.
    (α).
    With ad (very freq.): sed tibi cautim est adeundum ad virum, Att. ap. Non. 512, 10:

    neque eum ad me adire neque me magni pendere visu'st,

    Plaut. Cur. 2, 2, 12:

    adeamne ad eam?

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; id. Eun. 3, 5, 30: aut ad consules aut ad te aut ad Brutum adissent, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 208, 5:

    ad M. Bibulum adierunt, id. Fragm. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: ad aedis nostras nusquam adiit,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 24:

    adibam ad istum fundum,

    Cic. Caec. 29 —
    (β).
    With in: priusquam Romam atque in horum conventum adiretis, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26 ed. Halm.—Esp.: adire in jus, to go to law:

    cum ad praetorem in jus adissemus,

    Cic. Verr. 4, § 147; id. Att. 11, 24; Caes. B. C. 1, 87, and in the Plebiscit. de Thermens. lin. 42: QVO DE EA RE IN IOVS ADITVM ERIT, cf. Dirks., Versuche S. p. 193.—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    adeunt, consistunt, copulantur dexteras,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 38:

    eccum video: adibo,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5.—
    (δ).
    With acc.:

    ne Stygeos adeam non libera manes,

    Ov. M. 13, 465:

    voces aetherias adiere domos,

    Sil. 6, 253:

    castrorum vias,

    Tac. A. 2, 13:

    municipia,

    id. ib. 39:

    provinciam,

    Suet. Aug. 47:

    non poterant adire eum,

    Vulg. Luc. 8, 19:

    Graios sales carmine patrio,

    to attain to, Verg. Cat. 11, 62; so with latter supine:

    planioribus aditu locis,

    places easier to approach, Liv. 1, 33.—With local adv.:

    quoquam,

    Sall. J. 14:

    huc,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 60.—
    B.
    Esp.,
    1.
    To approach one for the purpose of addressing, asking aid, consulting, and the like, to address, apply to, consult (diff. from aggredior, q. v.). —Constr. with ad or oftener with acc.; hence also pass.:

    quanto satius est, adire blandis verbis atque exquaerere, sintne illa, etc.,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 35:

    aliquot me adierunt,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 2:

    adii te heri de filia,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 9: cum pacem peto, cum placo, cum adeo, et cum appello meam, Lucil. ap. Non. 237, 28:

    ad me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 10:

    coram adire et alloqui,

    Tac. H. 4, 65.— Pass.:

    aditus consul idem illud responsum retulit,

    when applied to, Liv. 37, 6 fin.:

    neque praetores adiri possent,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5.—Hence: adire aliquem per epistulam, to address one in writing, by a letter:

    per epistulam, aut per nuntium, quasi regem, adiri eum aiunt,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 9 and 10; cf. Tac. A. 4, 39; id. H. 1, 9.—So also: adire deos, aras, deorum sedes, etc., to approach the gods, their altars, etc., as a suppliant (cf.:

    acced. ad aras,

    Lucr. 5, 1199): quoi me ostendam? quod templum adeam? Att. ap. Non. 281, 6:

    ut essent simulacra, quae venerantes deos ipsos se adire crederent,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 27:

    adii Dominum et deprecatus sum,

    Vulg. Sap. 8, 21:

    aras,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 1:

    sedes deorum,

    Tib. 1, 5, 39:

    libros Sibyllinos,

    to consult the Sibylline Books, Liv. 34, 55; cf. Tac. A. 1, 76:

    oracula,

    Verg. A. 7, 82.—
    2.
    To go to a thing in order to examine it, to visit:

    oppida castellaque munita,

    Sall. J. 94:

    hiberna,

    Tac. H. 1, 52.—
    3.
    To come up to one in a hostile manner, to assail, attack:

    aliquem: nunc prior adito tu, ego in insidiis hic ero,

    Ter. Ph. 1, 4, 52:

    nec quisquam ex agmine tanto audet adire virum,

    Verg. A. 5, 379:

    Servilius obvia adire arma jubetur,

    Sil. 9, 272.
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    To go to the performance of any act, to enter upon, to undertake, set about, undergo, submit to (cf.: accedo, aggredior, and adorior).—With ad or the acc. (class.):

    nunc eam rem vult, scio, mecum adire ad pactionem,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 25:

    tum primum nos ad causas et privatas et publicas adire coepimus,

    Cic. Brut. 90:

    adii causas oratorum, id. Fragm. Scaur. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: adire ad rem publicam,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70:

    ad extremum periculum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 7.—With acc.:

    periculum capitis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38:

    laboribus susceptis periculisque aditis,

    id. Off. 1, 19:

    in adeundis periculis,

    id. ib. 24; cf.:

    adeundae inimicitiae, subeundae saepe pro re publica tempestates,

    id. Sest. 66, 139: ut vitae periculum aditurus videretur, Auct. B. G. 8, 48: maximos labores et summa pericula. Nep. Timol. 5:

    omnem fortunam,

    Liv. 25, 10:

    dedecus,

    Tac. A. 1, 39:

    servitutem voluntariam,

    id. G. 24:

    invidiam,

    id. A. 4, 70:

    gaudia,

    Tib. 1, 5, 39.—Hence of an inheritance, t. t., to enter on:

    cum ipse hereditatem patris non adisses,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 16; so id. Arch. 5; Suet. Aug. 8 and Dig.;

    hence also: adire nomen,

    to assume the name bequeathed by will, Vell. 2, 60.—
    B.
    Adire manum alicui, prov., to deceive one, to make sport of (the origin of this phrase is unc.; Acidalius conjectures that it arose from some artifice practised in wrestling, Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 8):

    eo pacto avarae Veneri pulcre adii manum,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 11; so id. Aul. 2, 8, 8; id. Cas. 5, 2, 54; id. Pers. 5, 2, 18.
    2.
    ăd-ĕō̆, adv. [cf. quoad and adhuc] (acc. to Festus, it should be accented adéo, v. the preced. word; but this distinction is merely a later invention of the grammarians; [p. 33] cf. Gell. 7, 7).
    I.
    In the ante-class. per.,
    A.
    To designate the limit of space or time, with reference to the distance passed through; hence often accompanied by usque (cf. ad), to this, thus far, so far, as far.
    1.
    Of space:

    surculum artito usque adeo, quo praeacueris,

    fit in the scion as far as you have sharpened it, Cato, R. R. 40, 3.— Hence: res adeo rediit, the affair has gone so far (viz., in deterioration, “cum aliquid pejus exspectatione contigit,” Don. ad Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 5):

    postremo adeo res rediit: adulescentulus saepe eadem et graviter audiendo victus est,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 61; cf. id. Ph. 1, 2, 5.—
    2.
    Of time, so long ( as), so long ( till), strengthened by usque, and with dum, donec, following, and in Cic. with quoad:

    merces vectatum undique adeo dum, quae tum haberet, peperisset bona,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 76; 3, 4, 72; id. Am. 1, 2, 10 al.:

    nusquam destitit instare, suadere, orare, usque adeo donec perpulit,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 36; Cato, R. R. 67; id. ib. 76:

    atque hoc scitis omnes usque adeo hominem in periculo fuisse, quoad scitum sit Sestium vivere,

    Cic. Sest. 38, 82.—
    B.
    For the purpose of equalizing two things in comparison, followed by ut: in the same degree or measure or proportion... in which; or so very, so much, so, to such a degree... as (only in comic poets), Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 38:

    adeon hominem esse invenustum aut infelicem quemquam, ut ego sum?

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 10.—Also followed by quasi, when the comparison relates to similarity:

    gaudere adeo coepit, quasi qui cupiunt nuptias,

    in the same manner as those rejoice who desire marriage, Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 12.—
    C.
    (Only in the comic poets) = ad haec, praeterea, moreover, besides, too: ibi tibi adeo lectus dabitur, ubi tu haud somnum capias ( beside the other annoyances), a bed, too, shall be given you there, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 80.—Hence also with etiam:

    adeo etiam argenti faenus creditum audio,

    besides too, id. Most. 3, 1, 101.—
    D.
    (Only in the comic poets.) Adeo ut, for this purpose that, to the end that:

    id ego continuo huic dabo, adeo me ut hic emittat manu,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 32:

    id adeo te oratum advenio, ut, etc.,

    id. Aul. 4, 10, 9:

    adeo ut tu meam sententiam jam jam poscere possis, faciam, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 26 (where Wagner now reads at ut):

    atque adeo ut scire possis, factum ego tecum hoc divido,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 15. (These passages are so interpreted by Hand, I. p. 138; others regard adeo here = quin immo.)—
    E.
    In narration, in order to put one person in strong contrast with another. It may be denoted by a stronger emphasis upon the word to be made conspicuous, or by yet, on the contrary, etc.:

    jam ille illuc ad erum cum advenerit, narrabit, etc.: ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 4 sq.; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 8 al.
    II.
    To the Latin of every period belongs the use of this word,
    A.
    To give emphasis to an idea in comparison, so, so much, so very, with verbs, adjectives, and substantives:

    adeo ut spectare postea omnīs oderit,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 65:

    neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut ei nummum ullum crederet,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    adeoque inopia est coactus Hannibal, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 32, 3 Weiss.:

    et voltu adeo modesto, adeo venusto, ut nil supra,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 92:

    nemo adeo ferus est, ut, etc.,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39.—With usque:

    adeo ego illum cogam usque, ut mendicet meus pater,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 10:

    usque adeo turbatur,

    even so much, so continually, Verg. E. 1, 12; Curt. 10, 1, 42; Luc. 1, 366.—In questions:

    adeone me fuisse fungum, ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49:

    adeone hospes hujus urbis, adeone ignarus es disciplinae consuetudinisque nostrae, ut haec nescias?

    Cic. Rab. 10, 28; so id. Phil. 2, 7, 15; id. Fam. 9, 10; Liv. 2, 7, 10; 5, 6, 4.—With a negative in both clauses, also with quin in the last:

    non tamen adeo virtutum sterile saeculum, ut non et bona exempla prodiderit,

    Tac. H. 1, 3; so Suet. Oth. 9:

    verum ego numquam adeo astutus fui, quin, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 13.—

    Sometimes the concluding clause is to be supplied from the first: quis genus Aeneadum, quis Trojae nesciat urbem?... non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni, viz.,

    that we know not the Trojans and their history, Verg. A. 1, 565:

    adeo senuerunt Juppiter et Mars?

    Juv. 6, 59.—Hence (post-Cic.): adeo non ut... adeo nihil ut... so little that, so far from that... (in reference to which, it should be noticed that in Latin the negative is blended with the verb in one idea, which is qualified by adeo) = tantum abest ut: haec dicta adeo nihil moverunt quemquam, ut legati prope violati sint, these words left them all so unmoved that, etc., or had so little effect, etc., Liv. 3, 2, 7: qui adeo non tenuit iram, ut gladio cinctum in senatum venturum se esse palam diceret, who restrained his anger so little that, etc. (for, qui non—tenuit iram adeo, ut), id. 8, 7, 5; so 5, 45, 4; Vell. 2, 66, 4: Curt. 3, 12, 22.—Also with contra in the concluding clause:

    apud hostes Afri et Carthaginienses adeo non sustinebant, ut contra etiam pedem referrent,

    Liv. 30, 34, 5. —
    B.
    Adeo is placed enclitically after its word, like quidem, certe, and the Gr. ge, even, indeed, just, precisely. So,
    1.
    Most freq. with pronouns, in order to render prominent something before said, or foll., or otherwise known (cf. in Gr. egôge, suge, autos ge, etc., Viger. ed. Herm. 489, vi. and Zeun.): argentariis male credi qui aiunt, nugas praedicant: nam et bene et male credi dico; id adeo hodie ego expertus sum, just this (touto ge), Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 1; so id. Aul. 2, 4, 10; 4, 2, 15; id. Am. 1, 1, 98; 1, 2, 6; id. Ep. 1, 1, 51; 2, 2, 31; 5, 2, 40; id. Poen. 1, 2, 57: plerique homines, quos, cum nihil refert, pudet;

    ubi pudendum'st ibi eos deserit pudor, is adeo tu es,

    you are just such a one, id. Ep. 2, 1, 2:

    cui tu obsecutus, facis huic adeo injuriam,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 68: tute adeo jam ejus verba audies, you yourself shall hear what he has to say (suge akousêi), Ter. And. 3, 3, 27: Dolabella tuo nihil scito mihi esse jucundius: hanc adeo habebo gratiam illi, i. e. hanc, quae maxima est, gratiam (tautên ge tên charin), Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16:

    haec adeo ex illo mihi jam speranda fuerunt,

    even this, Verg. A. 11, 275.—It is often to be translated by the intensive and, and just, etc. (so esp. in Cic. and the histt.): id adeo, si placet, considerate, just that (touto ge skopeite), Cic. Caec. 30, 87:

    id adeo ex ipso senatus consulto cognoscite,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, 143; cf. id. Clu. 30, 80:

    ad hoc quicumque aliarum atque senatus partium erant, conturbari remp., quam minus valere ipsi malebant. Id adeo malum multos post annos in civitatem reverterat,

    And just this evil, Sall. C. 37, 11; so 37, 2; id. J. 68, 3; Liv. 2, 29, 9; 4, 2, 2: id adeo manifestum erit, si cognoverimus, etc., and this, precisely this, will be evident, if, etc., Quint. 2, 16, 18 Spald.—It is rarely used with ille:

    ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 6.—Sometimes with the rel. pron.: quas adeo haud quisquam liber umquam tetigit, Plaut: Poen. 1, 2, 57; Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37. —With interrog. pron.:

    Quis adeo tam Latinae linguae ignarus est, quin, etc.,

    Gell. 7, 17.—Adeo is joined with the pers. pron. when the discourse passes from one person to another, and attention is to be particularly directed to the latter: Juppiter, tuque adeo summe Sol, qui res omnes inspicis, and thou especially, and chiefly thou, Enn. ap. Prob.:

    teque adeo decus hoc aevi inibit,

    Verg. E. 4, 11; id. G. 1, 24: teque, Neptune, invoco, vosque adeo venti, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 34, 73;

    and without the copulative: vos adeo... item ego vos virgis circumvinciam,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 25.— Ego adeo often stands for ego quidem, equidem (egôge):

    tum libertatem Chrysalo largibere: ego adeo numquam accipiam,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 30; so id. Mil. 4, 4, 55; id. Truc. 4, 3, 73:

    ego adeo hanc primus inveni viam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 16:

    nec me adeo fallit,

    Verg. A. 4, 96.—Ipse adeo (autos ge), for the sake of emphasis:

    atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor,

    Plaut. As. 2, 3, 24:

    ipsum adeo praesto video cum Davo,

    Ter. And. 2, 5, 4:

    ipse adeo senis ductor Rhoeteus ibat pulsibus,

    Sil. 14, 487.—
    2.
    With the conditional conjj. si, nisi, etc. (Gr. ei ge), if indeed, if truly:

    nihili est autem suum qui officium facere immemor est, nisi adeo monitus,

    unless, indeed, he is reminded of it, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 2: Si. Num illi molestae quippiam hae sunt nuptiae? Da. Nihil Hercle: aut si adeo, bidui est aut tridui haec sollicitudo, and if, indeed, etc. (not if also, for also is implied in aut), Ter. And. 2, 6, 7.—
    3.
    With adverbs: nunc adeo (nun ge), Plaut. As. 3, 1, 29; id. Mil. 2, 2, 4; id. Merc. 2, 2, 57; id. Men. 1, 2, 11; id. Ps. 1, 2, 52; id. Rud. 3, 4, 23; Ter. And. 4, 5, 26; Verg. A. 9, 156: jam adeo (dê ge), id. ib. 5, 268; Sil. 1, 20; 12, 534; Val. Fl. 3, 70. umquam adeo, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23:

    inde adeo,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 1:

    hinc adeo,

    Verg. E. 9, 59: sic adeo (houtôs ge), id. A. 4, 533; Sil. 12, 646:

    vix adeo,

    Verg. A. 6, 498:

    non adeo,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 57; Verg. A. 11, 436. —
    4.
    With adjectives = vel, indeed, even, very, fully:

    quot adeo cenae, quas deflevi, mortuae!

    how very many suppers, Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 59: quotque adeo fuerint, qui temnere superbum... Lucil. ap. Non. 180, 2: nullumne malorum finem adeo poenaeque dabis (adeo separated from nullum by poet. license)? wilt thou make no end at all to calamity and punishment? Val. Fl. 4, 63:

    trīs adeo incertos caeca caligine soles erramus,

    three whole days we wander about, Verg. A. 3, 203; 7, 629.—And with comp. or the adv. magis, multo, etc.:

    quae futura et quae facta, eloquar: multo adeo melius quam illi, cum sim Juppiter,

    very much better, Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 3; so id. Truc. 2, 1, 5:

    magis adeo id facilitate quam aliā ullā culpā meā, contigit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15.—
    5.
    With the conjj. sive, aut, vel, in order to annex a more important thought, or to make a correction, or indeed, or rather, or even only:

    sive qui ipsi ambīssent, seu per internuntium, sive adeo aediles perfidiose quoi duint,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 71:

    si hercle scivissem, sive adeo joculo dixisset mihi, se illam amare,

    id. Merc. 5, 4, 33; so id. Truc. 4, 3, 1; id. Men. 5, 2, 74; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 9: nam si te tegeret pudor, sive adeo cor sapientia imbutum foret, Pacuv. ap. Non. 521, 10:

    mihi adeunda est ratio, quā ad Apronii quaestum, sive adeo, quā ad istius ingentem immanemque praedam possim pervenire,

    or rather, Cic. Verr 2, 3, 46, 110; Verg. A. 11, 369; so, atque adeo:

    ego princeps in adjutoribus atque adeo secundus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 9.—
    6.
    With the imperative, for emphasis, like tandem, modo, dum, the Germ. so, and the Gr. ge (cf. L. and S.), now, I pray:

    propera adeo puerum tollere hinc ab janua,

    Ter. And. 4, 4, 20 (cf. xullabete g auton, Soph. Phil. 1003).—
    C.
    Like admodum or nimis, to give emphasis to an idea (for the most part only in comic poets, and never except with the positive of the adj.; cf. Consent. 2023 P.), indeed, truly, so very, so entirely:

    nam me ejus spero fratrem propemodum jam repperisse adulescentem adeo nobilem,

    so very noble, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 123:

    nec sum adeo informis,

    nor am I so very ugly, Verg. E. 2, 25:

    nam Caii Luciique casu non adeo fractus,

    Suet. Aug. 65:

    et merito adeo,

    and with perfect right, Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 42:

    etiam num credis te ignorarier aut tua facta adeo,

    do you, then, think that they are ignorant of you or your conduct entirely? id. Ph. 5, 8, 38.—
    D.
    To denote what exceeds expectation, even: quam omnium Thebis vir unam esse optimam dijudicat, quamque adeo cives Thebani rumificant probam, and whom even the Thebans (who are always ready to speak evil of others) declare to be an honest woman, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 44.— Hence also it denotes something added to the rest of the sentence, besides, too, over and above, usually in the connection: -que adeo (rare, and never in prose; cf.

    adhuc, I.): quin te Di omnes perdant qui me hodie oculis vidisti tuis, meque adeo scelestum,

    and me too, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 122; cf. id. 4, 2, 32:

    haec adeo tibi me, ipsa palam fari omnipotens Saturnia jussit,

    Verg. A. 7, 427.
    III.
    After Caesar and Cicero (the only instance of this use adduced from Cicero's works, Off. 1, 11, 36, being found in a passage rejected by the best critics, as B. and K.).
    A.
    For adding an important and satisfactory reason to an assertion, and then it always stands at the beginning of the clause, indeed, for:

    cum Hanno perorāsset, nemini omnium cum eo certare necesse fuit: adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat: the idea is,

    Hanno's speech, though so powerful, was ineffectual, and did not need a reply; for all the senators belonged to the party of Hannibal, Liv. 21, 11, 1; so id. 2, 27, 3; 2, 28, 2; 8, 37, 2; Tac. Ann. 1, 50, 81; Juv. 3, 274; 14, 233.—Also for introducing a parenthesis: sed ne illi quidem ipsi satis mitem gentem fore (adeo ferocia atque indomita [p. 34] ingenia esse) ni subinde auro... principum animi concilientur, Liv. 21, 20, 8; so id. 9, 26, 17; 3, 4, 2; Tac. A. 2, 28.—
    B.
    When to a specific fact a general consideration is added as a reason for it, so, thus (in Livy very often):

    haud dubius, facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore: adeo non fortuna modo, sed ratio etiam cum barbaris stabat,

    thus not only fortune, but sagacity, was on the side of the barbarians, Liv. 5, 38, 4:

    adeo ex parvis saepe magnarum momenta rerum pendent,

    id. 27, 9, 1; so id. 4, 31, 5; 21, 33, 6; 28, 19; Quint. 1, 12, 7; Curt. 10, 2, 11; Tac. Agr. 1:

    adeo in teneris consuescere multum est,

    Verg. G. 2, 272.—
    C.
    In advancing from one thought to another more important = immo, rather, indeed, nay: nulla umquam res publica ubi tantus paupertati ac parsimoniae honos fuerit: adeo, quanto rerum minus, tanto minus cupiditatis erat, Liv. praef. 11; so Gell. 11, 7; Symm. Ep. 1, 30, 37.—
    D.
    With a negative after ne—quidem or quoque, so much the more or less, much less than, still less (post-Aug.):

    hujus totius temporis fortunam ne deflere quidem satis quisquam digne potuit: adeo nemo exprimere verbis potest,

    still less can one describe: it by words, Vell. 2, 67, 1:

    ne tecta quidem urbis, adeo publicum consilium numquam adiit,

    still less, Tac. A. 6, 15; so id. H. 3, 64; Curt. 7, 5, 35:

    favore militum anxius et superbia viri aequalium quoque, adeo superiorum intolerantis,

    who could not endure his equals even, much less his superiors, Tac. H. 4, 80.—So in gen., after any negative: quaelibet enim ex iis artibus in paucos libros contrahi solet: adeo infinito spatio ac traditione opus non est, so much the less is there need, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 16; Plin. 17, 12, 35, § 179; Tac. H. 3, 39.—(The assumption of a causal signif. of adeo = ideo, propterea, rests upon false readings. For in Cael. Cic. Fam. 8, 15 we should read ideo, B. and K., and in Liv. 24, 32, 6, ad ea, Weiss.).—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 135-155.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adeo

  • 5 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    ► a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 6 EYKT

    f.
    1) half-past three o’clock, p. m. (var þat nær e. dags);
    2) time of three hours (þá er þógn hafði verit nær hálfa e.).
    * * *
    eykð, f. three or half-past three o’clock P. M.; many commentaries have been written upon this word, as by Pal Vídalín Skýr., Finn Johnson in H. E. i. 153 sqq. note 6, and in Horologium, etc. The time of eykð is clearly defined in K. Þ. K. 92 as the time when the sun has past two parts of the ‘útsuðr’ (q. v.) and has one part left, that is to say, half-past three o’clock P. M.: it thus nearly coincides with the eccl. Lat. nona (three o’clock P. M.); and both eykt and nona are therefore used indiscriminately in some passages. Sunset at the time of ‘eykð’ is opposed to sunrise at the time of ‘dagmál,’ q. v. In Norway ‘ykt’ means a luncheon taken about half-past three o’clock. But the passage in Edda—that autumn ends and winter begins at sunset at the time of eykt—confounded the commentators, who believed it to refer to the conventional Icel. winter, which (in the old style) begins with the middle of October, and lasts six months. In the latitude of Reykholt—the residence of Snorri—the sun at this time sets about half-past four. Upon this statement the commentators have based their reasoning both in regard to dagmál and eykt, placing the eykt at half-past four P. M. and dagmál at half-past seven A. M., although this contradicts the definition of these terms in the law. The passage in Edda probably came from a foreign source, and refers not to the Icel. winter but to the astronomical winter, viz. the winter solstice or the shortest day; for sunset at half-past three is suited not to Icel., but to the latitude of Scotland and the southern parts of Scandinavia. The word is also curious from its bearing upon the discovery of America by the ancients, vide Fb. l. c. This sense ( half-past three) is now obsolete in Icel., but eykt is in freq. use in the sense of trihorium, a time of three hours; whereas in the oldest Sagas no passage has been found bearing this sense,—the Bs. i. 385, 446, and Hem. l. c. are of the 13th and 14th centuries. In Norway ykt is freq. used metaph. of all the four meal times in the day, morning-ykt, midday-ykt, afternoon-ykt (or ykt proper), and even-ykt. In old MSS. (Grág., K. Þ. K., Hem., Heið. S.) this word is always spelt eykð or eykþ, shewing the root to be ‘auk’ with the fem. inflex. added; it probably first meant the eke-meal, answering to Engl. lunch, and thence came to mean the time of day at which this meal was taken. The eccl. law dilates upon the word, as the Sabbath was to begin at ‘hora nona;’ hence the phrase, eykt-helgr dagr (vide below). The word can have no relation to átta, eight, or átt, plaga coeli. At present Icel. say, at eykta-mótum, adv. at great intervals, once an eykt, once in three hours.
    I. half-past three; þá er eykð er útsuðrs-átt er deild í þriðjunga, ok hefir sól gengna tvá hluti en einn ógenginn, K. Þ. K. 92; net skal öll upp taka fyrir eykð, 90; helgan dag eptir eykð, 88; ef þeir hafa unnit á eykð, 94; enda skal hann undan honum hafa boðit fyrir miðjan dag en hinn skal hafa kosit at eykþ, Grág. i. 198; ok á maðr kost at stefna fyrir eykþ ef vill, 395; í þat mund dags er tók út eyktina, Fms. xi. 136; eptir eykt dags, rendering of the Lat. ‘vix decima parte diei reliqua,’ Róm. 313; þeir gengu til eyktar, ok höfðu farit árla morguns, en er nón var dags, etc., Fs. 176; at eykð dags þá kómu heim húskarlar Barða. Ísl. ii. 329; nú vættir mik at þar komi þér nær eykð dags, 345; var þat nær eykð dags, 349; var hón at veraldligu verki þangat til er kom eykð, þá fór hón til bænar sinnar at nóni, Hom. (St.) 59.
    COMPDS: eykðarhelgr, eyktarstaðr, eykðartíð.
    II. trihorium; en er liðin var nær ein eykt dags, Bs. i. 446; at þat mundi verit hafa meir en hálf eykt, er hann vissi ekki til sín, 385; þessi flaug vanst um eina eykð dags, Hem. (Hb.)

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EYKT

  • 7 ante

    antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
    I.
    Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
    A.
    In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
    1.
    In space:

    quem ante aedīs video,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:

    ante ostium Me audivit stare,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:

    Ornatas paulo ante fores,

    Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:

    ante meum limen,

    Juv. 11, 190:

    ante suum fundum,

    Cic. Mil. 10:

    ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,

    id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,

    Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:

    ante altaria,

    id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:

    ante hosce deos erant arulae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:

    quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,

    Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:

    ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,

    id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:

    ante se statuit funditores,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    Flos Asiae ante ipsum,

    Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:

    si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,

    Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:

    ante oculos collocata,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:

    ante oculos errat domus,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:

    donec stet ante judicium,

    Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:

    ante Dominum vilior fiam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:

    non te justifices ante Deum,

    ib. Eccli. 7, 5:

    justi ambo ante Deum,

    ib. Luc. 1, 6;

    and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,

    ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:

    ante me ito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:

    equitatum omnem ante se mittit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,

    id. B. C. 1, 55:

    praecurrit ante omnes,

    id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
    2.
    Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:

    facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,

    Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:

    tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,

    superior to, Liv. 35, 14:

    necessitas ante rationem est,

    necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
    a.
    Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;

    also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:

    scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:

    tua ante omnes experientia,

    Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:

    Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,

    Verg. A. 4, 59:

    Ipse est ante omnes,

    Vulg. Col. 1, 17:

    O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,

    Verg. A. 3, 321:

    ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,

    id. G. 3, 266:

    scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,

    id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:

    ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,

    Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
    b.
    Ante omnia.
    (α).
    Before all things, first of all:

    alvus ante omnia ducitur,

    Cels. 7, 30:

    oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,

    id. 8, 2:

    Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,

    Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:

    Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:

    publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,

    Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:

    quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,

    Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:

    dulces ante omnia Musae,

    the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:

    deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,

    Juv. 10, 191.—
    (γ).
    In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):

    ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,

    Quint. 2, 15, 1:

    ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,

    id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
    B.
    Of time.
    1.
    Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.

    Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:

    ante diem caupo sciet,

    Juv. 9, 108:

    ante brumam,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:

    ante noctem,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:

    pereundum erit ante lucernas,

    Juv. 10, 339:

    ante haec omnia,

    Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
    a.
    By a person who lived at the time:

    jam ante Socratem,

    before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:

    qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,

    before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:

    ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,

    Verg. G. 1, 125:

    vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:

    ante Helenam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 107:

    ante se,

    Tac. H. 1, 50:

    quod ante eum nemo,

    Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
    b.
    By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:

    ante has meas litteras,

    i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:

    per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,

    Liv. 1, 59:

    ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,

    Ov. M. 1, 5:

    ante sidus fervidum,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 27:

    ante cibum,

    id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:

    Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,

    before their A B C, id. 14, 209:

    cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?

    Verg. A. 11, 424:

    Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,

    Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:

    ante aedilitatem meam,

    Cic. Att. 12, 17:

    ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,

    Verg. G. 2, 536:

    ante imperium ducis,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,

    Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:

    mortuus est ante istum praetorem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:

    docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,

    id. Brut. 18, 73:

    cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:

    quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,

    id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:

    ante hanc urbem conditam,

    before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    id. Div. 1, 45:

    ante Epaminondam natum,

    Nep. Epam. 10, 4:

    ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,

    Sall. J. 110, 2:

    ante decemviros creatos,

    Liv. 3, 53 al. —
    2.
    Hence particular phrases.
    a.
    Ante tempus,
    (α).
    Before the right time:

    ante tempus excitatis suis,

    Liv. 31, 36.—
    (β).
    Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:

    factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,

    Cic. Lael. 3:

    honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    venisti ante tempus torquere nos?

    Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
    b.
    Ante diem, poet.,
    (α).
    Before the time:

    Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 184:

    ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,

    Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
    (β).
    Before the time destined by fate:

    filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,

    Ov. M. 1, 148:

    hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,

    id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:

    sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
    c.
    Ante hunc diem, with a negative:

    istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,

    never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:

    neque umquam ante hunc diem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:

    Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,

    Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
    3.
    Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:

    in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:

    ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:

    supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,

    Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
    4.
    Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:

    ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,

    Nep. Arist. 2, 3:

    qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,

    id. Timoth. 2, 3:

    invictus ante eam diem fuerat,

    Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
    5.
    Ante annos, before the destined time:

    Ante suos annos occidit,

    Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:

    Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,

    beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:

    suos annos praeterire,

    Sil. 4, 428; and:

    annos transcendere factis,

    id. 2, 348). —
    6.
    Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:

    ante hoc incognita,

    Luc. 6, 116:

    ante hoc domūs pars videntur,

    Tac. G. 13.
    II.
    Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
    A.
    Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:

    fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,

    Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:

    coronatus stabit et ante calix,

    Tib. 2, 5, 98:

    plena oculis et ante et retro,

    Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):

    si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:

    pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,

    Verg. G. 3, 552.—
    B.
    1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
    a.
    With verbs:

    nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:

    id te oro, ut ante eamus,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 24;

    very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 14:

    quae ante acta sunt,

    id. Verr. 1, 109:

    sicut ante fecimus,

    Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:

    fructus omnis ante actae vitae,

    Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:

    apud vos ante feci mentionem,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 4:

    faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,

    id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:

    illud de quo ante dixi,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:

    quos ante dixi,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50:

    ut ante dixi,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:

    quem ad modum ante dixi,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 91:

    additis, quae ante deliquerant,

    Tac. A. 6, 9:

    filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,

    id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:

    acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:

    ut saepe ante fecerant,

    Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
    b.
    Rarely with adjj.:

    non filius ante pudicus,

    Juv. 3, 111:

    quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,

    Tac. A. 14, 7.—
    c.
    Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):

    illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:

    etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,

    id. Fam. 4, 9:

    paucis diebus ante,

    id. Phil. 2, 40:

    viginti annis ante,

    id. Lael. 12, 42:

    voverat eam annis undecim ante,

    Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:

    quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,

    a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:

    Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,

    a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:

    ante quadriennium amissus es,

    four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:

    aliquot ante annos,

    Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
    d.
    With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:

    multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    haud multo ante adventum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:

    ante multo a te didicerimus,

    Cic. Sen. 2, 6:

    Venisti paulo ante in senatum,

    id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;

    6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4:

    profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,

    id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:

    tanto ante praedixeras,

    id. Phil. 2, 33:

    quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:

    quanto ante providerit,

    Cic. Sest. 8:

    permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,

    id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
    2.
    Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
    a.
    With ind. pres.:

    ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,

    Cic. Quinct. 48:

    ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,

    id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
    b.
    With ind. perf.:

    memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 11:

    anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,

    id. Brut. 18, 72:

    ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,

    id. Fam. 10, 3:

    neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,

    Liv. 39, 10:

    ante quam ille est factus inimicus,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
    c.
    Rarely with fut. perf.:

    ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 24:

    neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,

    id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
    d.
    With subj. pres.:

    ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 53:

    hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,

    id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
    e.
    With subj. imperf.:

    Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 167:

    qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,

    id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
    f.
    With subj. perf.:

    ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 1:

    domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,

    id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:

    nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,

    Liv. 42, 52:

    nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,

    Suet. Caes. 67.—
    g.
    With subj. pluperf.:

    se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:

    qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,

    Cic. Planc. 98:

    ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
    h.
    With inf.:

    dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,

    Cic. Quinct. 54.—
    i.
    With part.:

    armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,

    Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;

    and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,

    Lucr. 3, 972:

    Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,

    Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:

    sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 24; so,

    prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?

    Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
    3.
    For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):

    ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,

    Cels. 7, 29:

    et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,

    id. 5, 26:

    ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,

    id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
    4.
    Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):

    neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,

    earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):

    ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,

    Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
    III.
    In composition.
    A.
    Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
    B.
    Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
    C.
    Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
    D.
    In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ante

  • 8 anti

    antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
    I.
    Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
    A.
    In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
    1.
    In space:

    quem ante aedīs video,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:

    ante ostium Me audivit stare,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:

    Ornatas paulo ante fores,

    Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:

    ante meum limen,

    Juv. 11, 190:

    ante suum fundum,

    Cic. Mil. 10:

    ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,

    id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,

    Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:

    ante altaria,

    id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:

    ante hosce deos erant arulae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:

    quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,

    Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:

    ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,

    id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:

    ante se statuit funditores,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    Flos Asiae ante ipsum,

    Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:

    si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,

    Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:

    ante oculos collocata,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:

    ante oculos errat domus,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:

    donec stet ante judicium,

    Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:

    ante Dominum vilior fiam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:

    non te justifices ante Deum,

    ib. Eccli. 7, 5:

    justi ambo ante Deum,

    ib. Luc. 1, 6;

    and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,

    ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:

    ante me ito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:

    equitatum omnem ante se mittit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,

    id. B. C. 1, 55:

    praecurrit ante omnes,

    id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
    2.
    Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:

    facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,

    Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:

    tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,

    superior to, Liv. 35, 14:

    necessitas ante rationem est,

    necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
    a.
    Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;

    also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:

    scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:

    tua ante omnes experientia,

    Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:

    Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,

    Verg. A. 4, 59:

    Ipse est ante omnes,

    Vulg. Col. 1, 17:

    O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,

    Verg. A. 3, 321:

    ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,

    id. G. 3, 266:

    scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,

    id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:

    ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,

    Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
    b.
    Ante omnia.
    (α).
    Before all things, first of all:

    alvus ante omnia ducitur,

    Cels. 7, 30:

    oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,

    id. 8, 2:

    Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,

    Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:

    Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:

    publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,

    Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:

    quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,

    Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:

    dulces ante omnia Musae,

    the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:

    deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,

    Juv. 10, 191.—
    (γ).
    In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):

    ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,

    Quint. 2, 15, 1:

    ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,

    id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
    B.
    Of time.
    1.
    Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.

    Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:

    ante diem caupo sciet,

    Juv. 9, 108:

    ante brumam,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:

    ante noctem,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:

    pereundum erit ante lucernas,

    Juv. 10, 339:

    ante haec omnia,

    Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
    a.
    By a person who lived at the time:

    jam ante Socratem,

    before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:

    qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,

    before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:

    ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,

    Verg. G. 1, 125:

    vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:

    ante Helenam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 107:

    ante se,

    Tac. H. 1, 50:

    quod ante eum nemo,

    Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
    b.
    By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:

    ante has meas litteras,

    i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:

    per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,

    Liv. 1, 59:

    ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,

    Ov. M. 1, 5:

    ante sidus fervidum,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 27:

    ante cibum,

    id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:

    Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,

    before their A B C, id. 14, 209:

    cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?

    Verg. A. 11, 424:

    Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,

    Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:

    ante aedilitatem meam,

    Cic. Att. 12, 17:

    ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,

    Verg. G. 2, 536:

    ante imperium ducis,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,

    Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:

    mortuus est ante istum praetorem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:

    docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,

    id. Brut. 18, 73:

    cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:

    quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,

    id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:

    ante hanc urbem conditam,

    before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    id. Div. 1, 45:

    ante Epaminondam natum,

    Nep. Epam. 10, 4:

    ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,

    Sall. J. 110, 2:

    ante decemviros creatos,

    Liv. 3, 53 al. —
    2.
    Hence particular phrases.
    a.
    Ante tempus,
    (α).
    Before the right time:

    ante tempus excitatis suis,

    Liv. 31, 36.—
    (β).
    Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:

    factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,

    Cic. Lael. 3:

    honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    venisti ante tempus torquere nos?

    Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
    b.
    Ante diem, poet.,
    (α).
    Before the time:

    Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 184:

    ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,

    Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
    (β).
    Before the time destined by fate:

    filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,

    Ov. M. 1, 148:

    hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,

    id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:

    sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
    c.
    Ante hunc diem, with a negative:

    istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,

    never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:

    neque umquam ante hunc diem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:

    Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,

    Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
    3.
    Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:

    in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:

    ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:

    supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,

    Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
    4.
    Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:

    ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,

    Nep. Arist. 2, 3:

    qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,

    id. Timoth. 2, 3:

    invictus ante eam diem fuerat,

    Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
    5.
    Ante annos, before the destined time:

    Ante suos annos occidit,

    Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:

    Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,

    beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:

    suos annos praeterire,

    Sil. 4, 428; and:

    annos transcendere factis,

    id. 2, 348). —
    6.
    Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:

    ante hoc incognita,

    Luc. 6, 116:

    ante hoc domūs pars videntur,

    Tac. G. 13.
    II.
    Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
    A.
    Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:

    fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,

    Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:

    coronatus stabit et ante calix,

    Tib. 2, 5, 98:

    plena oculis et ante et retro,

    Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):

    si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:

    pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,

    Verg. G. 3, 552.—
    B.
    1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
    a.
    With verbs:

    nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:

    id te oro, ut ante eamus,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 24;

    very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 14:

    quae ante acta sunt,

    id. Verr. 1, 109:

    sicut ante fecimus,

    Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:

    fructus omnis ante actae vitae,

    Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:

    apud vos ante feci mentionem,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 4:

    faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,

    id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:

    illud de quo ante dixi,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:

    quos ante dixi,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50:

    ut ante dixi,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:

    quem ad modum ante dixi,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 91:

    additis, quae ante deliquerant,

    Tac. A. 6, 9:

    filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,

    id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:

    acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:

    ut saepe ante fecerant,

    Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
    b.
    Rarely with adjj.:

    non filius ante pudicus,

    Juv. 3, 111:

    quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,

    Tac. A. 14, 7.—
    c.
    Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):

    illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:

    etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,

    id. Fam. 4, 9:

    paucis diebus ante,

    id. Phil. 2, 40:

    viginti annis ante,

    id. Lael. 12, 42:

    voverat eam annis undecim ante,

    Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:

    quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,

    a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:

    Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,

    a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:

    ante quadriennium amissus es,

    four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:

    aliquot ante annos,

    Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
    d.
    With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:

    multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    haud multo ante adventum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:

    ante multo a te didicerimus,

    Cic. Sen. 2, 6:

    Venisti paulo ante in senatum,

    id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;

    6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4:

    profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,

    id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:

    tanto ante praedixeras,

    id. Phil. 2, 33:

    quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:

    quanto ante providerit,

    Cic. Sest. 8:

    permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,

    id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
    2.
    Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
    a.
    With ind. pres.:

    ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,

    Cic. Quinct. 48:

    ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,

    id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
    b.
    With ind. perf.:

    memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 11:

    anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,

    id. Brut. 18, 72:

    ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,

    id. Fam. 10, 3:

    neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,

    Liv. 39, 10:

    ante quam ille est factus inimicus,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
    c.
    Rarely with fut. perf.:

    ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 24:

    neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,

    id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
    d.
    With subj. pres.:

    ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 53:

    hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,

    id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
    e.
    With subj. imperf.:

    Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 167:

    qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,

    id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
    f.
    With subj. perf.:

    ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 1:

    domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,

    id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:

    nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,

    Liv. 42, 52:

    nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,

    Suet. Caes. 67.—
    g.
    With subj. pluperf.:

    se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:

    qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,

    Cic. Planc. 98:

    ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
    h.
    With inf.:

    dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,

    Cic. Quinct. 54.—
    i.
    With part.:

    armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,

    Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;

    and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,

    Lucr. 3, 972:

    Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,

    Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:

    sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 24; so,

    prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?

    Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
    3.
    For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):

    ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,

    Cels. 7, 29:

    et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,

    id. 5, 26:

    ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,

    id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
    4.
    Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):

    neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,

    earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):

    ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,

    Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
    III.
    In composition.
    A.
    Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
    B.
    Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
    C.
    Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
    D.
    In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > anti

  • 9 κρίσις

    κρίσις, εως, ἡ (s. κρίνω; Aeschyl., Hdt.+).
    ① legal process of judgment, judging, judgment
    ⓐ of the activity of God or the Messiah as judge, esp. on the Last Day (Bacchylides 3, 26 of judgment by Zeus).
    α. ἡ δικαία κ. τοῦ θεοῦ God’s righteous judgment 2 Th 1:5. ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν J 5:30 (cp. δικαία περὶ πάντων κ. Orig., C. Cels. 4, 9, 10). θεία κ. 2 Cl 20:4. κρίσιν ποιεῖν execute judgment, act as judge (Aristoph., Ran. 778; 785; X., Hell. 4, 2, 6; 8; Dt 10:18.—Likew. κ. ποιεῖσθαι: 1 Macc 6:22; Jos., Ant. 6, 34; Just., A I, 2, 3; D. 124, 1; Iren. 1, 10, 1 [Harv. I 91, 10]) J 5:27. τ. κρίσιν διδόναι τινί commit judgment or judging to someone vs. 22 (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 10 [Stone p. 32]). ἡ ἡμέρα (τῆς) κρίσεως the Day of Judgment (Jdth 16:17; Is 34:8; Pr 6:34; PsSol 15:12; GrBar 1:7; ApcEsdr 2:27 p. 26, 21 Tdf. al.; ApcMos 12:26; Just.) Mt 10:15; 11:22, 24; 12:36; Mk 6:11 v.l.; 2 Pt 2:9; 3:7; 1J 4:17; 2 Cl 16:3; 17:6; B 19:10; 21:6.—ἡ κ. ἡ μέλλουσα the judgment to come 2 Cl 18:2; MPol 11:2. ἡ κ. ἡ ἐπερχομένη the approaching judgment Hv 3, 9, 5 (περὶ τῆς ἐσομένης κ. Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 7; cp. μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν καὶ κ. Theoph. Ant. 2, 26 [p. 164, 1]). Denial of the Last Judgment Pol 7:1. κ. μεγάλης ἡμέρας the judgment of the Great Day Jd 6. ἡ ὥρα τῆς κ. αὐτοῦ the hour when (God) is to judge Rv 14:7. οὐκ ἀναστήσονται οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἐν κ. the wicked will not rise in the judgment (or on the J. Day) B 11:7 (Ps 1:5); cp. Mt 12:41f; Lk 10:14; 11:31f. δικαιοσύνη κρίσεως ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος righteousness (on the part of the judge) is the beginning and end of judging B 1:6. Divine judgment (cp. Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 8, 40 τῶν ἀθανάτων κ.; Hierocles 11, 441 and 442 al. θεία κρίσις) is also mentioned 1 Ti 5:24; Hb 9:27 (cp. Diog. L. 3, 79 after Plato: one must fulfill the δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ, ἵνα μὴ καὶ μετὰ τὸν θάνατον δίκας ὑπόσχοιεν οἱ κακοῦργοι=so that after death they might not as evil-doers be subject to penalties); 2 Pt 2:4, 9; 2 Cl 20:4; D 11:11.
    β. The word oft. means judgment that goes against a person, condemnation, and the sentence that follows (TestAbr A 14 p. 93, 24 [Stone p. 34]; ApcEsdr 1:24 p. 25, 19 Tdf.; SibOr 3, 670; Just., D. 56, 1; 60, 2 κ. τῶν Σοδόμων) GPt 7:25. δισσὴν ἕξουσιν τὴν κ. they will receive double punishment 2 Cl 10:5. ἡ κ. σου your judgment Rv 18:10. κἀκείνοις κ. ἐστίν judgment comes upon them, too ISm 6:1. φοβερά τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως a fearful prospect of judgment Hb 10:27 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 179 a reference to the κ. τῶν ψυχῶν serves to arouse φόβος τ. ἀδικίας). ἡ κ. αὐτοῦ ἤρθη his punishment was taken away Ac 8:33; 1 Cl 16:7 (both Is 53:8). ὑπὸ κρίσιν πίπτειν come under judgment Js 5:12; cp. 2:13ab. ἡ κ. τῆς γεέννης being punished in hell Mt 23:33 (gen. as Diod S 1, 82, 3 θανάτου κ.=punishment by death; πυρὸς κ. Hippol. Ref. 10, 34, 2; cp. 9, 10, 7). ἔνοχός ἐστιν αἰωνίου κ. liable for eternal punishment Mk 3:29 v.l. κ. κατά τινος upon, against someone (Aelian, VH 2, 6) ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ πάντων execute judgment upon all Jd 15 (En 1:9).—(Opp. ζωή) ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ εἰς κ. οὐκ ἔρχεται J 5:24 (cp. Philip [=Demosth. 12, 16] εἰς κ. ἐλθεῖν; ApcSed 11:16 [134, 36 Ja.] τὸ σῶμα … ἀπέρχεται εἰς κρίσιν). ἀνάστασις ζωῆς … ἀνάστασις κρίσεως vs. 29. κρίσις τοῦ κόσμου τούτου judgment of (or upon) this world 12:31; cp. 16:8, interpreted as a judgment on the prince of this world 16:11 (cp. 12:31b; 1QM 1, 5; but s. also LLutkemeyer, CBQ 8, ’46, 225f ‘good judgment’, and BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 79; also s. δικαιοσύνη 3a end).—Some interpreters see in 3:19 a double sense for κ., containing in addition to the senses ‘judgment’ and ‘condemnation’ the clear connotation of ‘separation, division’ (Hecataeus [320 B.C.]: 264 Fgm. 6, 1 Jac. [in Diod S 40, 3, 2 Dind. w. the ms. trad.] κρίσις τῶν κακῶν=‘separation fr. the evils’. A double sense as in J is found in Artem. 5, 5 κριτής=‘judge’ and ‘divider’). The ‘judgment’, which is operative here and now, is said to consist in the fact that people divide themselves into two groups, those who accept Christ and those who reject him (Hdb.; Bultmann). But it is also prob. that κ. in this vs. simply refers to the judicial process, which includes a statement of rationale or basis for the adverse verdict, here expressed in the clause ὅτι … τὰ ἔργα.—Pl. judgments, punishments (Diod S 1, 75, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 96 §446 κρίσεις πικραί=severe punishments) ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι αἱ κρίσεις σου Rv 16:7; 19:2.—Bousset, Rel.3 257ff; LRuhl, De Mortuorum Judicio 1903; JBlank, Krisis (J), diss. Freiburg, ’64.
    ⓑ of the judgment of one person upon or against another, in the nature of an evaluation
    α. of one human being toward another κ. δικαία B 20:2; D 5:2. κ. ἄδικος unjust judgment Pol 6:1; ἀπότομος ἐν κ. relentless in judgment ibid. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε J 7:24 (κρίνω 2a). Cp. ἡ κ. ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 8:16.
    β. of archangel against the devil οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας he did not presume to pronounce a reviling judgment Jd 9. Cp. the corresp. pass. in 2 Pt 2:11 ἄγγελοι οὐ φέρουσιν κατʼ αὐτῶν παρὰ κυρίου βλάσφημον κρίσιν angels do not pronounce a reviling judgment against them from the Lord.
    ② a board of judges, court, specif. a local court (s. Schürer II 187f; Diod S 17, 80, 2; Aesop, Fab. 190 H.=459 P.; Theod. Prodr. 1, 402 H.) ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κ. he will have to answer to a (local) court Mt 5:21f.—RGuelich, ZNW 64, ’73, 44ff.
    ③ administration of what is right and fair, right in the sense of justice/ righteousness (Michel 542, 6 [II B.C.] πίστιν ἔχοντα καὶ κρίσιν ὑγιῆ; OGI 383, 207 [I B.C.]; LXX; cp. מִשְׁפָּט) ἀφήκατε τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὸ ἔλεος καὶ τὴν πίστιν Mt 23:23; cp. Lk 11:42. ἐκζητεῖν κ. seek out justice 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17). κρίσιν τ. ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ he will proclaim justice for the gentiles Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1). ἕως ἃν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τ. κρίσιν until he leads justice to victory vs. 20 (cp. Is 42:3.—Other prob. renderings are legal action, trial, case [X., An. 1, 6, 5; Diod S 2, 42, 4 αἱ κρίσεις=legal suits, transactions; En 9:3 εἰσαγάγετε τὴν κρίσιν ἡμῶν πρὸς τὸν ὕψιστον], and, influenced by νῖκος, a [military] decision [Dionys. Hal. 9, 35; 2 Macc 14:18]). The rendering right, justice may also be valid for such passages as J 7:24; 12:31; 16:8, 11; Ac 8:33 [so NRSV] and perh. others.—GWetter, s.v. κρίμα 4b near end; HBraun, Gerichtsgedanke u. Rechtfertigungslehre b. Pls 1930; FFilson, St. Paul’s Conception of Recompense ’31.—For add. reff. to the theme of justice in antiquity s. PvanderHorst, The Sentences of Pseudo-Phocylides 78, 117–28.—DELG s.v. κρίνω. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κρίσις

  • 10 FELA

    * * *
    (fel; fal, fálum; fólginn), v.
    1) to hide, conceal (fálu þeir gullit í Rín; þær austr ok vestr enda fálu);
    fel sverð þitt, sheathe thy sword;
    impers., fal þá sýn (acc.) milli þeirra, they lost sight of one another;
    2) fela e-m e-t, to make over, to give in trust or charge to one;
    hann fal Óðni allan þann val, he gave all the slain to Odin;
    mey frumunga fal hann (entrusted to) megi Gjúka;
    fela e-m e-t á hendi, to commit a thing to one’s charge, to commend;
    fálu sik ok sálir sínar guði almáttkum á hendi, they commended themselves and their souls to God Almighty;
    fela e-t undir eið sinn (þegnskap sinn), to vouch upon one’s oath (upon one’s honour);
    fela e-t undir e-m, to put under one’s charge;
    er und einum mér öll um fólgin hodd Niflunga, the whole hoard of the Niflungs is in my hands alone;
    man hér öll vár vinátta undir felast, all our friendship will depend upon this;
    fela e-n inni = fela e-n á brott;
    sá bóandi, er hann felr sik inni, the man with whom he boards and lodges;
    fela búfé inni at e-m, to put out (cattle, sheep) to one to keep;
    3) refl. felast, to hide oneself (mörg leyni þau, er felast mátti í);
    felast í faðmi e-m, to be locked in one’s arms;
    felast á hendi e-m, to put oneself in another’s hands, enter his service (Kolskeggr falst á hendi Sveini Dana-konungi).
    * * *
    pret. fal, 2nd pers. falt, pl. fálu; pres. fel; pret. subj. fæli; part. fólginn: in mod. usage, pret. faldi, part. falinn, and sup. falið, with weak declension, if in the sense to hide; but fól, pl. fólu, part. fólginn, if in the sense to commend; thus, undir trjánum sig faldi, Pass. 33. 6; einn fyrir engum faldist, 33. 7; but, þá Frelsarinn í Föðurs hönd fól nú blessaðr sína önd, 45. 1; fól and falinn, however, never occur in old MSS.:—[Ulf. filhan = κρύπτειν, θάπτειν; Hel. bi-felhan; O. H. G. felahan; Germ. be-fehlen and emp-fehlen; Lat. se-pēlio contains the same root, properly meaning to hide, shut up: cp. Engl. bury, which really means to hide.]
    I. to hide, conceal; allt veit ek Óðin, hvar þú auga falt, Vsp. 22; þú falt fé þitt í svá mikilli þoku, Band. 12; hrís-kjarrit þat er Vaði risi fal sverðit, Þiðr. 69, Gm. 37; fálu þeir gullit í Rín, Edda 76; tóku likit ok fálu þar, Ó. H. 225 (fólu, Hkr. ii. 380, wrongly); ek mun fela yðr her í gamma mínum, Fms. i. 9: barnit var fólgit, Fs. 60, Gullþ. 26; fel sverð þitt, sheathe thy sword, Fms. xi. 348; felðu (= fel þú) sverð þitt í umgörð, 656 C. 4; þær austr ok vestr enda fálu, Hkv. 1. 2; fólgit, hidden, preserved, Vsp. 31; fólginn, hid, Þkv. 7, 8; örlög fólgin e-m, fate hidden, in store for one, Vsp. 36, Akv. 16; fólginn endi lífs, poët. the hidden thrum of life, i. e. death, Ýt. 17.
    β. to bury, Ýt. 24; liggja fulginn, to lie buried (in a cairn), on a Runic stone, Rath 178.
    2. metaph., hefir þú fólgit nafn hennar í vísu þessi, Eg. 325; fólgit í rúnum, Edda 47; yrkja fólgit, to use obscure phrases (in poetry), 110.
    3. impers., fal þá sýn (acc.) milli þeirra, they lost sight of one another, with the notion of a hill or object coming between, Ó. H. 182; þegar er sýn fal í milli þeirra Egils, Eg. 545.
    4. the phrase, fela e-n á brott (= in mod. usage koma e-m fyrir), to put one out (for alimentation), of one sick or old, a child, etc., Grág. i. 155; or, fela e-n inni, id.; sá bóandi er hann felr sik inni, the husbandman with whom he boards and lodges, 158; ef sá maðr andask er fólginn var inni, 155: of cattle, to put out to keep, nú felr maðr búfé inni at manni at fúlgu-mála réttum, N. G. L. i. 25; hence fúlga, q. v. = meðgjöf.
    II. to give into one’s keeping, entrust; hann fal Óðni allan þann val, he gave all the slain to Odin, Fas. i. 454; mey frumunga fal hann ( entrusted to) megi Gjúka, Skv. 3. 4: to invest, auð hefi ek minn ílla fólginn, Fms. vii. 49 (in a verse).
    β. in the phrase, fela e-m e-t á hendi (mod. á hendr); þér fel ek á hendi, Skarphéðinn, at hefna bróður þíns, Nj. 154; fal hón sik ok allt sitt föruneyti á hendr lifanda Guði, Fms. i. 226; Kristi á hendi fólgin, 655 xxiii; fel’k þér á hendi ábyrgð hans at öllu, Grág. i. 245; fálu sik ok sálur sínar Guði Almáttkum á hendi, Bs. i. 139; at Jón Loptsson fæli Petri postula á hendi þá hjörð … en Jesus Kristr fal sína hjörð á hendr Föður sínum, 145; fela undir e-m, to put under one’s charge; er und einum mér öll um fólgin hodd Niflunga, i. e. all the hoard of Niflung is kept by me only, Akv. 26; fela ván sína alla undir Guði, 686 B. 2; mun hér öll vár vinátta undir felask, all our friendship will depend upon this, Eb. 130: a law term, skulu þeir fela undir eið sinn, they shall avouch it on their oath, Grág. i. 9; fela undir þegnskap sinn, to vouch upon one’s honour; þó rangt sé undir þegnskap fólgit, 33.
    III. reflex. to hide oneself; ek mun felask, Fs. 48: hann falsk í Kröflu-helli, Landn. 183; mörg leyni þau er felask mátti í, Fms. x. 218; í skógi þar er þeir höfðu fólgizk, Ó. H. 152; en fálusk at degi, id.; felask í faðmi e-m, to be shut in one’s arms, Hkv. 2. 27.
    2. felask á hendi e-m, to put oneself in another’s hands, enter his service; Kolskeggr falsk á hendi Sveini Dana-konungi, Nj. 121.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FELA

  • 11 an

    1.
    ăn, conj. [etym. very obscure; v. the various views adduced in Hand, I. p. 296, with which he seems dissatisfied; if it is connected with the Sanscr. anjas, = Germ. ander, = Engl. other, we may comp. the Engl. other and or with the Germ. oder, = or]. It introduces the second part of a disjunctive interrogation, or a phrase implying doubt, and thus unites in itself the signif. of aut and num or -ne, or, or whether (hence the clause with an is entirely parallel with that introduced by num, utrum, -ne, etc., while aut forms only a subdivision in the single disjunctive clause; utrum... aut—an... aut, whether... or, etc.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. p. 150; v. also aut).
    I.
    In disjunctive interrogations.
    A.
    Direct.
    a.
    Introd. by utrum (in Engl. the introd. particle whether is now obsolete, and the interrogation is denoted simply by the order of the words):

    Utrum hac me feriam an ab laevā latus?

    Plaut. Cist. 3, 10:

    sed utrum tu amicis hodie an inimicis tuis Daturu's cenam?

    id. Ps. 3, 2, 88; id. Pers. 3, 1, 13; id. Trin. 1, 2, 138; id. Cas. 2, 4, 11:

    Utrum sit annon voltis?

    id. Am. prol. 56:

    quid facies? Utrum hoc tantum crimen praetermittes an obicies?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 30 sq.:

    in plebem vero Romanam utrum superbiam prius commemorem an crudelitatem?

    id. Verr. 1, 122; id. Deiot. 23; id. Fam. 7, 13:

    Utrum enim defenditis an impugnatis plebem?

    Liv. 5, 3. —And with an twice:

    Utrum hoc signum cupiditatis tuae an tropaeum necessitudinis atque hospitii an amoris indicium esse voluisti?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 115; id. Imp. Pomp. 57 sq.; id. Rab. 21.—With an three times:

    Utrum res ab initio ita ducta est, an ad extremum ita perducta, an ita parva est pecunia, an is (homo) Verres, ut haec quae dixi, gratis facta esse videantur?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 61; 3, 83; id. Clu. 183; Liv. 21, 10; and seven times in Cic. Dom. 56-58.—With -ne pleon. (not to be confounded with cases where utrum precedes as pron.; as Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 9):

    sed utrum tu masne an femina es, qui illum patrem voces?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 16; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; id. Stich. 5, 4, 26:

    Utrum studione id sibi habet an laudi putat Fore, si etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 28:

    Utrum igitur tandem perspicuisne dubia aperiuntur an dubiis perspicua tolluntur?

    Cic. Fin. 4, 24, 67.—And affixed to utrum, but rarely:

    Utrumne jussi persequemur otium... an hunc laborem etc.,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 7; Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 4; Quint. 12, 1, 40.—
    b.
    Introduced by -ne:

    quid fit? seditio tabetne an numeros augificat suos?

    Enn. Trag. Rel. p. 23 Rib.:

    servos esne an liber?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 186:

    idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?

    Cic. Lig. 18; 23:

    custosne urbis an direptor et vexator esset Antonius?

    id. Phil. 3, 27; id. Mur. 88; id. Sull. 22.—

    So with an twice,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 28; id. Att. 16, 8;

    and five times,

    id. Balb. 9.—
    c.
    Introduced by nonne:

    Nonne ad servos videtis rem publicam venturam fuisse? An mihi ipsi fuit mors aequo animo oppetenda?

    Cic. Sest. 47; id. Sex. Rosc. 43 sq.; id. Dom. 26; 127.—So with an twice, Cic. Phil. 11, 36.—
    d.
    Introduced by num:

    si quis invidiae metus, num est vehementius severitatis invidia quam inertiae pertimescenda?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 29; id. Mur. 76; id. Sest. 80:

    Num quid duas habetis patrias an est illa patria communis?

    id. Leg. 2, 2.—
    e.
    Without introductory particle:

    quid igitur? haec vera an falsa sunt?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 29, 95:

    quid enim exspectas? bellum an tabulas novas?

    id. Cat. 2, 18:

    ipse percussit an aliis occidendum dedit?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 74; id. Verr. 2, 106; id. Imp. Pomp. 53; id. Phil. 2, 27:

    eloquar an sileam?

    Verg. A. 3, 37:

    auditis an me ludit amabilis Insania?

    Hor. C. 3, 4, 5.—So an twice, Cic. Mil. 54;

    three times,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 8;

    and six times,

    Cic. Rab. 14; id. Pis. 40.—
    B.
    Indirect.
    a.
    Introduced by utrum:

    quid tu, malum, curas, Utrum crudum an coctum edim?

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 16; id. Cist. 4, 2, 11; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 1; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74:

    quaero, si quis... utrum is clemens an inhumanissimus esse videatur,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 12:

    agitur, utrum M. Antonio facultas detur an horum ei facere nihil liceat,

    id. Phil. 5, 6; id. Sex. Rosc. 72; id. Imp. Pomp. 42; id. Verr. 1, 105.
    ► So once only in Vulg.
    aut for an: Loquimini de me utrum bovem cujusquam tulerim aut asinum, 1 Reg. 12, 3.—And with -ne pleon.:

    res in discrimine versatur, utrum possitne se contra luxuriem parsimonia defendere an deformata cupiditati addicatur,

    Cic. Quinct. 92:

    numquamne intelleges statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi, qui istam rem gesserunt, homicidaene sint an vindices libertatis?

    id. Phil. 2, 30.—
    b.
    Introduced by -ne:

    Fortunāne an forte repertus,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 159 Rib. agitur autem liberine vivamus an mortem obeamus, Cic. Phil. 11, 24; id. Verr. 4, 73; id. Mil. 16:

    nunc vero non id agitur, bonisne an malis moribus vivamus etc.,

    Sall. C. 52, 10.—So with an three times, Cic. Or. 61.—
    c.
    Introduced by an:

    haud scio an malim te videri... an amicos tuos plus habuisse,

    Cic. Pis. 39.—
    d.
    Without introd. particle:

    ... vivam an moriar, nulla in me est metus,

    Enn. Trag. Rel. p. 72 Rib.:

    vivat an mortuus sit, quis aut scit aut curat?

    Cic. Phil. 13, 33; 3, 18; id. Sex. Rosc. 88; id. Red. in Sen. 14.—
    C.
    Sometimes the opinion of the speaker or the probability inclines to the second interrogative clause (cf. infra, II. E.). and this is made emphatic, as a corrective of the former, or rather, or on the contrary:

    ea quae dixi ad corpusne refers? an est aliquid, quod te suā sponte delectet?

    Cic. Fin. 2, 33, 107:

    Cur sic agere voluistis? An ignoratis quod etc.,

    Vulg. Gen. 44, 15.—Hence, in the comic poets, an potius:

    cum animo depugnat suo, Utrum itane esse mavelit ut... An ita potius ut etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 31: id. Stich. 1, 2, 18; id. Trin. 2, 2, 25:

    an id flagitium est, An potius hoc patri aequomst fieri, ut a me ludatur dolis?

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 94.—
    D.
    The first part of the interrogation is freq. not expressed, but is to be supplied from the context; in this case, an begins the interrog., or, or rather, or indeed, or perhaps (but it does not begin an absolute, i. e. not disjunctive, interrog.): De. Credam ego istuc, si esse te hilarem videro. Ar. An tu esse me tristem putas? (where nonne me hilarem esse vides? is implied), Plaut. As. 5, 1, 10: Ch. Sed Thaïs multon ante venit? Py. An abiit jam a milite? Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 7:

    An ego Ulixem obliscar umquam?

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    An parum vobis est quod peccatis?

    Vulg. Josh. 22, 17:

    est igitur aliquid, quod perturbata mens melius possit facere quam constans? an quisquam potest sine perturbatione mentis irasci?

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 24, 54; cf. id. Clu. 22; id. Off. 3, 29: Debes hoc etiam rescribere, sit tibi curae Quantae conveniat Munatius; an male sarta Gratia nequiquam coit...? or is perhaps, etc., Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 31 K. and H. —So esp. in Cic., in order to make the truth of an assertion more certain, by an argumentum a minore ad majus:

    cur (philosophus) pecuniam magno opere desideret vel potius curet omnino? an Scythes Anacharsis potuit pro nihilo pecuniam ducere, nostrates philosophi non potuerunt?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 89 sq.:

    An vero P. Scipio T. Gracchum privatus interfecit, Catilinam vero nos consules perferemus?

    id. Cat. 1, 1; so id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 14, 5, 12 Muret.; id. Fin. 1, 2, 5, ubi v. Madv.—It sometimes introduces a question suggested by the words of another: He. Mane. Non dum audisti, Demea, Quod est gravissimum? De. An quid est etiam anplius? Is there then etc., Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 21:

    sed ad haec, nisi molestum est, habeo quae velim. An me, inquam, nisi te audire vellem censes haec dicturum fuisse?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 28; 2, 22, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 26, 73; 5, 12, 35; id. Brut. 184; id. Fat. 2, 4; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 8, 28.—It sometimes anticipates an answer to something going before: At vero si ad vitem sensus accesserit, ut appetitum quendam habeat et per se ipsa moveatur, quid facturam putas? An ea, quae per vinitorem antea consequebatur, per se ipsa curabit? shall we not say that, must we not think that etc., Cic. Fin. 5, 14, 38, ubi v. Madv.—
    E.
    An non. and in one word, annon (in direct questions more freq. than necne):

    isne est quem quaero an non?

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 12:

    Hocine agis an non?

    id. And. 1, 2, 15:

    Tibi ego dico an non?

    id. ib. 4, 4, 23:

    utrum sit an non voltis?

    Plaut. Am. prol. 56:

    utrum cetera nomina in codicem accepti et expensi digesta habes annon?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 3 al. —Also in indirect questions = necne, q. v.:

    abi, vise redieritne jam an non dum domum,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 4, 5:

    videbo utrum clamorem opere conpleverint, an non est ita,

    Vulg. Gen. 18, 21; 24, 21.—
    F.
    An ne, usually written anne, pleon. for an.
    a.
    In direct questions:

    anne tu dicis quā ex causā vindicaveris?

    Cic. Mur. 26. —
    b.
    In indirect questions:

    nec. aequom anne iniquom imperet, cogitabit,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 19; id. Ps. 1, 1, 122:

    percontarier, Utrum aurum reddat anne eat secum simul,

    id. Bacch. 4, 1, 4:

    Nam quid ego de consulato loquar, parto vis, anue gesto?

    Cic. Pis. 1, 3:

    cum interrogetur, tria pauca sint anne multa,

    id. Ac. 2, 29:

    Gabinio dicam anne Pompeio, an utrique,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 57; so id. Or. 61, 206:

    Quid enim interest, divitias, opes, valetudinem bona dicas anne praeposita, cum etc.,

    id. Fin. 4, 9, 23 Madv.; August. ap. Suet. Aug. 69 al. (for the omission of the second disjunctive clause or the particle necne representing it, v. utrum;

    instances of this usage in eccl. Lat. are,

    Vulg. Lev. 13, 36; 14, 36; ib. Num. 11, 23 al.).—
    II.
    In disjunctive clauses that express doubt, or.
    A.
    Utrum stultitiā facere ego hunc an malitiā Dicam, scientem an imprudentem, incertus sum. Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 54:

    ut nescias, utrum res oratione an verba sententiis illustrentur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 56:

    honestumne factu sit an turpe, dubitant,

    id. Off. 1, 3, 9:

    nescio, gratulerne tibi an timeam,

    id. Fam. 2, 5; Caes. B. G. 7, 5:

    pecuniae an famae minus parceret, haud facile discerneres,

    Sall. C. 25, 3; so id. ib. 52, 10; Suet. Aug. 19; id. Tib. 10; id. Claud. 15:

    cognoscet de doctrinā, utrum ex Deo sit an ego a me ipso loquar,

    Vulg. Joan. 7, 17; ib. Eccl. 2, 19 al.—
    B.
    An sometimes denotes uncertainty by itself, without a verb of doubting (dubito, dubium or incertum est, etc., vet in such cases the editors are divided between an and aut; cf. Mos. and Orell. ad Cic. Rep. 1, 12): verene hoc memoriae proditum est [p. 115] regem istum Numam Pythagorae ipsius discipulum, an certe Pythagoreum fuisse? Cic. Rep. 2, 15, where B. and K. read aut certe: Cn. Octavius est an Cn. Cornelius quidam tuus familiaris, summo genere natus, terrae filius;

    is etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 9 B. and K.:

    Themistocles quidem, cum ei Simonides an quis alius artem memoriae polliceretur, Oblivionis, inquit, mallem,

    Simonides or some other person, id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. Fam. 7, 9, 3; id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 2, 7, 3; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    C.
    It often stands for sive (so esp. in and after the Aug. per.):

    quod sit an non, nihil commovet analogiam,

    whether this be so or not, Varr. L. L. 9, § 105 Müll.; Att. ap. Prisc. p. 677 P.; Ov. R. Am. 797:

    saucius an sanus, numquid tua signa reliqui,

    id. F. 4, 7:

    Illa mihi referet, si nostri mutua curast, An minor, an toto pectore deciderim,

    Tib. 3, 1, 20; Tac. A. 11, 26:

    sive nullam opem praevidebat inermis atque exul, seu taedio ambiguae spei an amore conjugis et liberorum,

    id. ib. 14, 59.—
    D.
    The first disjunctive clause is freq. to be supplied from the gen. idea or an may stand for utrum—necne (cf. supra, I. D.):

    qui scis, an, quae jubeam, sine vi faciat? (vine coactus is to be supplied),

    how knowest thou whether or not he will do it without compulsion? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 20:

    An dolo malo factum sit, ambigitur,

    Cic. Tull. 23:

    quaesivi an misisset (periplasmata),

    id. Verr. 4, 27:

    Vide an facile fieri tu potueris, cum etc.,

    id. Fragm. B. 13, 2, 1:

    praebete aurem et videte an mentiar,

    Vulg. Job, 6, 28: de L. Bruto fortasse dubitaverim an propter infinitum odium tyranni effrenatius in Aruntem invaserit, I might doubt whether or not, etc., Cic. Tusc. 4, 22, 50; id. Verr. 3, 76:

    Quis scit an adiciant hodiernae crastina summae Tempora di superi?

    Hor. C. 4, 7, 17; Plin. Ep. 6, 21, 3; Quint. 2, 17, 38:

    Sine videamus an veniat Elias,

    Vulg. Matt. 27, 49:

    tria sine dubio rursus spectanda sunt, an sit, quid sit, quale sit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 53:

    dubium an quaesitā morte,

    Tac. A. 1, 5; 6, 50; 4, 74:

    Multitudo an vindicatura Bessum fuerit, incertum est,

    Curt. 7, 5:

    diu Lacedaemonii, an eum summae rei praeponerent, deliberaverunt,

    Just. 6, 2, 4 et saep.—
    E.
    Since in such distrib. sentences expressive of doubt, the opinion of the speaker or the probability usually inclines to the second, i. e. to the clause beginning with an, the expressions haud scio an, nescio an, dubito an (the latter through all pers. and tenses), incline to an affirmative signification, I almost know, I am inclined to think, I almost think, I might say, I might assert that, etc., for perhaps, probably (hence the opinion is incorrect that an, in this situation, stands for an non; for by an non a negation of the objective clause is expressed, e. g. nescio an non beatus sit, I am almost of the opinion that he is not happy, v. infra, and cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 1, Exc. XI. p. 335 sq.; Cic. uses haud scio an eleven times in his Orations;

    nescio an, four times): atque haud scio an, quae dixit sint vera omnia,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 45:

    crudele gladiatorum spectaculum et inhumanum non nullis videri solet: et haud scio an ita sit, ut nunc fit,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 41; id. Fl. 26:

    testem non mediocrem, sed haud scio an gravissimum,

    perhaps, id. Off. 3, 29:

    constantiam dico? nescio an melius patientiam possim dicere,

    id. Lig. 9; id. Fam. 9, 19:

    ingens eo die res, ac nescio an maxima illo bello gesta sit,

    Liv. 23, 16; Quint. 12, 11, 7 al.:

    si per se virtus sine fortunā ponderanda sit, dubito an Thrasybulum primum omuium ponam,

    I am not certain whether I should not prefer Thrasybulus to all others, Nep. Thras. 1 Dähne:

    dicitur acinace stricto Darius dubitāsse an fugae dedecus honestā morte vitaret,

    i. e. was almost resolved upon, Curt. 4, 5, 30:

    ego dubito an id improprium potius appellem,

    Quint. 1, 5, 46; Gell. 1, 3 al.—Hence, a neg. objective clause must contain in this connection the words non, nemo, nullus, nihil, numquam, nusquam, etc.:

    dubitet an turpe non sit,

    he is inclined to believe that it is not bad, Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    haud scio an ne opus quidem sit, nihil umquam deesse amicis,

    id. Am. 14, 51:

    eloquentiā quidem nescio an habuisset parem neminem,

    id. Brut. 33: quod cum omnibus est faciendum tum haud scio an nemini potius quam tibi, to no one perhaps more, id. Off. 3, 2, 6:

    meā sententiā haud scio an nulla beatior esse possit,

    id. Sen. 16; id. Leg. 1, 21:

    non saepe atque haud scio an numquam,

    id. Or. 2, 7 al. —
    F.
    Sometimes the distributive clause beginning with an designates directly the opposite, the more improbable, the negative; in which case nescio an, haud scio an, etc., like the Engl. I know not whether, signify I think that not, I believe that not, etc.; hence, in the object. clause, aliquis, quisquam, ullus, etc., must stand instead of nemo, nullus, etc. (so for the most part only after Cic.): an profecturus sim, nescio, I know not (i. e. I doubt, I am not confident) whether I shall effect any thing, Sen. Ep. 25:

    opus nescio an superabile, magnum certe tractemus,

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 4; Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 6: haud scio an vivere nobis liceret, I know not whether we, etc., Cic. Har. Resp. 11, 22: doleo enim maximam feminam eripi oculis civitatis, nescio an aliquid simile visuris, for I know not whether they will ever see any thing of this kind, Plin. Ep. 7, 19; Val. Max. 5, 2, 9:

    nescio an ullum tempus jucundius exegerim,

    I do not know whether I have ever passed time more pleasantly, id. 3, 1:

    namque huic uni contigit, quod nescio an ulli,

    Nep. Timol. 1, 1; Sen. Contr. 3 praef.; Quint. 9, 4, 1:

    nostri quoque soloecum, soloecismum nescio an umquam dixerint,

    Gell. 5, 20 al. Cf. upon this word Hand, Turs. I. pp. 296-361, and Beier, Exc. ad Cic. Am. pp. 202-238.
    2.
    an-, v. ambi.
    3.
    - ăn. This word appears in forsan, forsitan, and fortasse an (Att. Trag. Rel. p. 151 Rib.) or fortassan, seeming to enhance the idea of uncertainty and doubt belonging to fors, etc., and is regarded by some as the Greek conditional particle an, and indeed one of these compounds, forsitan, sometimes in the Vulgate, translates an; as, Joan. 4, 10; 5, 46; 8, 19; and in 3, Joan. 9, it still represents the various reading, an.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > an

  • 12 ἐφίστημι

    + V 12-13-26-17-16=84 Gn 24,43; Ex 1,11; 7,23; Lv 17,10; 20,3
    A: to set, to place [τι] Lv 17,10; to set over [τινά τινι] Ex 1,11; id. [τινα ἐπί τι] Nm 1,50; to set up, to establish [τι] Jos 6,26; to set against [τι ἐπί τινα] Lv 20,3; to set up over [τί τινι] Jos 7,26; to fix, to apply [τι] Prv 22,17; to make firm [τι] Sir 40,25; to attend to [πρός τι] Neh 8,13
    M:
    to stand Zech 1,10; to stand near or by [ἐπί τινος] Nm 23,6; to rest upon [ἐπί τινος] Nm 14,14; to be set over [ἐπί τινα] Ru 2,5; id. [τινι] Jdt 8,10; id. [ἐπί τινι] Jdt 10,6; to come to, to appear before [τινι] Jdt 6,14; to come upon suddenly Is 63,5; to spring upon, to occur to [τινι] Wis 6,8
    ἐφεστῶτες ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν who wait upon him JgsB 3,19; παγὶς ἐφεσταμένη a snare which has been set Jer 5,27; οὐκ ἐπέστησεν τὸν νοῦν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ he did not fix his mind or attention even upon this
    point, he did not even attended to this point Ex 7,23; ἐφιστῆσαι χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ποταμὸν Εὐφράτην to extend his power over the river Euphrates 1 Chr 18,3
    Cf. HELBING 1928, 287-288

    Lust (λαγνεία) > ἐφίστημι

  • 13 sur

    I.
    sur1 [syʀ]
       a. (position) on ; (avec mouvement) onto ; ( = dans) in ; ( = par-dessus) over ; ( = au-dessus de) above
    • il y a un sac sur la table/une affiche sur le mur there's a bag on the table/a poster on the wall
    • il a 1 500 € sur son compte he has 1,500 euros in his account
    • il neige sur Paris/sur toute l'Europe it's snowing in Paris/all over Europe
    • s'endormir sur un livre/son travail to fall asleep over a book/over one's work
    • « travaux sur 5 km » "roadworks for 5km"
    • gravure sur bois/verre wood/glass engraving
       c. (temps: proximité, approximation) il est arrivé sur les 2 heures he came at about 2
    • sur le moment or sur le coup, je n'ai pas compris at the time I didn't understand
       d. (cause) sur invitation/commande by invitation/order
    • sur un signe du patron, elle sortit at the boss's signal, she left
       e. (moyen, manière) on
       f. (matière, sujet) on
    • sur douze verres, six sont ébréchés out of twelve glasses six are chipped
    • un jour/un vendredi sur trois every third day/Friday
    • il vient un jour/mercredi sur deux he comes every other day/Wednesday
       i. (influence, supériorité) on
    • avoir des droits sur qn/qch to have rights over sb/to sth
       j. ► sur ce ( = sur ces mots)
    sur ce, il est sorti upon which he went out
    • sur ce, il faut que je vous quitte and now I must leave you
    II.
    sur2, e [syʀ]
    adjective
    ( = aigre) sour
    * * *
    Note: Lorsque sur indique une position dans l'espace il se traduit généralement par on: sur la table/une chaise = on the table/a chair; sur la côte/le lac = on the coast/the lake
    Lorsque sur a une valeur figurée comme dans régner sur, pleurer sur, sur l'honneur, sur place etc la traduction sera fournie dans l'article du deuxième élément, respectivement régner, pleurer, honneur, place etc

    I syʀ
    1) ( dessus) on
    2) (au-dessus, sans contact) over
    3) (étendue, surface)
    4) ( direction)
    6) ( au sujet de) [débat, thèse] on; [étude, poème] about
    9) ( indique l'accumulation) lit upon; fig after

    ils se sont quittés sur ces mots — with these words, they parted

    sur ce or quoi — upon which

    sur ce, je vous laisse — with that, I must leave you

    11) ( pendant)
    12) Radio, Télévision, Télécommunications on [radio, chaîne, ligne téléphonique]

    II
    sure syʀ adjectif ( aigre) (slightly) sour
    * * *

    I syʀ prép

    Pose-le sur la table. — Put it on the table.

    Pour finir, versez le coulis de fruits rouges sur le gâteau. — And to finish it, pour the coulis of red berries over the cake.

    Ils ont construit un nouveau pont sur le Rhône. — They have built a new bridge over the Rhone.

    sur soi; Je n'ai pas d'argent sur moi. — I haven't got any money on me.

    4) (direction) towards

    sur votre droite — on your right, to your right

    Vous verrez l'hôpital sur votre droite. — You'll see the hospital on your right., You'll see the hospital to your right.

    5) (= à propos de) on, about

    un livre sur Balzac — a book on Balzac, a book about Balzac

    une conférence sur l'art roman — a lecture on Romanesque art, a lecture about Romanesque art

    Sur 20, 2 sont venus. — Two out of twenty came.

    7)

    un sur 10 (statistiques) — one in 10, ÉDUCATION one out of 10

    J'ai eu quatorze sur vingt en maths. — I got 14 out of 20 in maths.

    une semaine sur deux — every other week, one week in two

    une semaine sur trois — every third week, one week in three

    Sur ce, il partit sans dire un mot. — Whereupon he left without uttering a word.

    Sur ce, il faut que je vous quitte. — And now I must leave you.


    II sur, -e
    * * *
    I.
    sur prép
    ❢ Lorsque sur indique une position dans l'espace il se traduit généralement par on: sur la table/une chaise = on the table/a chair; sur la côte/le lac = on the coast/the lake.
    On trouvera ci-dessous des exemples supplémentaires et exceptions. Lorsque sur a une valeur figurée comme dans régner sur, pleurer sur, sur l'honneur, sur place etc la traduction sera fournie dans l'article du deuxième élément, respectivement régner, pleurer, honneur, place etc.
    1 ( dessus) on; le verre est sur la table the glass is on the table; prends un verre sur la table take a glass from the table; appliquer la lotion sur vos cheveux apply the lotion to your hair; la clé est sur la porte the key is in the door; passer la main sur une étoffe to run one's hand over a fabric; il doit être sur la route he must be on the road ou on his way by now;
    2 (au-dessus, sans contact) over; des nuages sur les montagnes/la plaine clouds over the mountaintops/the plain; un pont sur la rivière a bridge across ou over the river; la nuit est tombée/l'orage s'est abattu sur la ville night fell/the storm broke over the city;
    3 (étendue, surface) la forêt est détruite sur 150 hectares the forest has been destroyed over an area of 150 hectares; une table d'un mètre sur deux a table (of) one metre by two;
    4 ( direction) se diriger sur Valence to head ou make for Valence; une voiture déboucha sur la droite a car pulled out on the right;
    5 ( support matériel) on; sur un morceau de papier on a piece of paper; elle est très jolie sur la photo she looks very pretty in the photograph; dessiner sur le sable to draw in the sand;
    6 ( au sujet de) [débat, exposé, essai, chapitre, thèse] on; [étude, poème] about; [article, livre] on;
    7 ( objet d'un travail) être sur une affaire to be involved in a business deal; on est sur un gros chantier actuellement we're currently involved in a big construction project;
    8 ( indique un rapport de proportion) une personne sur dix one person in ou out of ten; une semaine sur trois one week in three; il a fait trois exercices sur quatre he did three exercises out of four; sur 250 employés, il y a seulement 28 femmes out of 250 employees, there are only 28 females; un mardi sur deux every other Tuesday; il y a deux chances sur trois qu'il ne vienne pas there are two chances out of three that he won't come;
    9 ( indique l'accumulation) lit upon; fig after; entasser pierre sur pierre to pile stone upon stone; faire proposition sur proposition to make one offer after another, to make offer after offer; commettre erreur sur erreur to make one mistake after another, to make mistake after mistake; il a eu deux accidents coup sur coup he had two accidents one after the other;
    10 ( juste après) ils se sont quittés sur ces mots with these words, they parted; sur le moment at the time; sur ce or quoi upon which, thereupon; sur ce, je vous laisse with that, I must leave you;
    11 ( pendant) on ne peut pas juger sur une période aussi courte/trois jours you can't decide over ou in such a short period/three days;
    12 Radio, TV, Télécom on [radio, chaîne, ligne téléphonique].
    II.
    sur, sure adj (slightly) sour.
    I
    ( féminin sure) [syr] adjectif
    II
    [syr] préposition
    1. [dans l'espace - dessus] on ; [ - par-dessus] over ; [ - au sommet de] on top of ; [ - contre] against
    elle avait des bleus sur tout le visage she had bruises all over her face, her face was covered in bruises
    monter sur un manège/une bicyclette to get on a roundabout/bicycle
    demain, du soleil sur le nord tomorrow, there will be sunshine in the north
    il y avait un monde fou, on était tous les uns sur les autres there was a huge crowd, we were all crushed up together ou one on top of the other
    2. [indiquant la direction]
    sur votre gauche, le Panthéon on ou to your left, the Pantheon
    3. [indiquant une distance] over, for
    ‘virages sur 3 km’ ‘bends for 3 km’
    la foire s'étend sur 3 000 m² the fair covers 3,000 m²
    4. [dans le temps - indiquant l'approximation] towards, around
    sur les quatre heures, quelqu'un a téléphoné (at) around ou about four, somebody phoned
    [indiquant la proximité]
    sur le moment ou le coup, je me suis étonné at the time ou at first, I was surprised
    5. [indiquant la durée]
    c'est un contrat sur cinq ans it's a five-year contract, the contract runs for five years
    6. [indiquant la répétition] after, upon
    7. [indiquant la cause]
    juger quelqu'un sur ses propos/son apparence to judge somebody by his words/appearance
    8. [indiquant la manière, l'état, la situation]
    avoir un effet sur quelqu'un/quelque chose to have an effect on somebody/something
    être sur ses gardes/la défensive/le qui-vive to be on one's guard/the defensive/the look-out
    sur le mode majeur/mineur MUSIQUE in the major/minor key
    c'est sur la première chaîne/France Inter it's on channel one/France Inter
    9. [indiquant le moyen]
    vivre sur ses économies/un héritage to live off one's savings/a legacy
    10. [indiquant le domaine, le sujet]
    sur ce point, nous sommes d'accord we agree on that point
    11. [indiquant - une proportion] out of ; [ - une mesure] by
    un homme sur deux one man in two, every second man
    sur 100 candidats, 15 ont été retenus 15 out of 100 candidates were shortlisted
    12. [indiquant une relation de supériorité] over

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > sur

  • 14 ac

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac

  • 15 adque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque

  • 16 atque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque

  • 17 aut

    aut, conj. [aut, Osc. auti, Umbr. ote, ute, may be a modification of autem, as at of et, the suffix -t being a relic of the demonstrative -tem, which appears in item, and is the same as -dem in quidem, and -dam in quondam, and of which the demonstrative adverbs, tam and tum, are absolute forms; the first part of these words may be compared with the Gr. au (cf. aute and autar), and with the Sanscr. vā = or, with which again may be compared ve and vel; v. Corss. Ausspr. II. p. 595, and also pp. 130, 223, 411], or; and repeated: aut... aut, either... or; so in Sanscr. vā... vā.
    I.
    In gen. it puts in the place of a previous assertion another, objectively and absolutely antithetical to it, while vel indicates that the contrast rests upon subjective opinion or choice; i. e. aut is objective, vel subjective, or aut excludes one term, vel makes the two indifferent.
    a.
    Used singly, or:

    omnia bene sunt ei dicenda, qui hoc se posse profitetur aut eloquentiae nomen relinquendum est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 2, 5:

    quibusnam manibus aut quibus viribus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 30:

    Vinceris aut vincis,

    Prop. 2, 8, 10:

    cita mors venit aut victoria laeta,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 8:

    ruminat herbas aut aliquam in magno sequitur grege,

    Verg. E. 6, 55 et persaep. (cf. on the contrary, Tac. G. 8: quae neque confirmare argumentis, neque refellere in animo est: ex ingenio suo quisque demat vel addat fidem).—
    b.
    Repeated, aut... aut, either... or:

    Ubi enim potest illa aetas aut calescere vel apricatione melius vel igni, aut vicissim umbris aquisve refrigerari salubrius?

    Cic. Sen. 16, 57:

    Nam ejus per unam, ut audio, aut vivam aut moriar sententiam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 3,1,11 sq.:

    aut, quicquid igitur eodem modo concluditur, probabitis, aut ars ista nulla est,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 30, 96:

    partem planitiae aut Jovis templum aut oppidum tenet,

    Liv. 44, 6, 15:

    terra in universum aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,

    Tac. G. 5:

    hoc bellum quis umquam arbitraretur aut ab omnibus imperatoribus uno anno aut omnibus annis ab uno imperatore confici posse?

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 11,31.—
    c.
    More than twice repeated:

    aut equos Alere aut canes ad venandum, aut ad philosophos, Ter And. 1, 1, 29: Uxor, si cesses, aut te amare cogitat Aut tete amare aut potare atque animo obsequi,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 7 sq.; so four times in Lucr. 4, 935 sq.; five times in Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28; id. N. D. 3, 12, 30; and Prop. 4, 21, 26 sqq.; and six times in Plin. 17, 10, 9, § 58.—
    d.
    Sometimes double disjunctive phrases with aut... aut are placed together:

    Adsentior Crasso, ne aut de C. Laelii soceri mei aut de hujus generi aut arte aut gloriā detraham,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35:

    res ipsa et rei publicae tempus aut me ipsum, quod nolim, aut alium quempiam aut invitabit aut dehortabitur,

    id. Pis. 39, 94.—
    e.
    Repeated after negatives:

    ne aut ille alserit Aut ceciderit atque aliquid praefregerit,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 11:

    ne tanti facinoris immanitas aut exstitisse aut non vindicata esse videatur,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 14; id. Sull. 43; id. Sest. 37; 39:

    neque enim sunt aut obscura aut non multa post commissa,

    id. Cat. 1, 6, 15; id. Off. 1, 20, 66; 1, 11, 36; 1, 20, 68; id. de Or. 2, 45, 189:

    nec milites ad scelus missos aut numero validos aut animo promptos,

    Tac. A. 14, 58; id. H. 1, 18; id. Or. 12:

    nec erit mirabilis illic Aut Stratocles aut cum molli Demetrius Haemo,

    Juv. 3, 98 sq.:

    neque aut quis esset ante detexit aut gubernatorem cedere adversae tempestati passus est,

    Suet. Caes. 58; id. Ner. 34:

    Nec aut Persae aut Macedones dubitavere,

    Curt. 4, 15, 28: Non sum aut tam inhumanus aut tam alienus a Sardis. Cic. Scaur. 39; id. Cat. 1, 13:

    Nihil est tam aut fragile aut flexibile quam etc.,

    id. Mil. 36 al. —
    f.
    In interrogations:

    quo modo aut geometres cernere ea potest, quae aut nulla sunt aut internosci a falsis non possunt aut is, qui fidibus utitur, explere numeros et conficere versus?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 22; so id. de Or. 1, 9, 37; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 118; id. N. D. 1, 43, 121.—
    g.
    In comparative clauses:

    talis autem simulatio vanitati est conjunctior quam aut liberalitati aut honestati,

    Cic. Off. 1, 15, 44.—
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    Placed singly, to connect to something more important that which is less so, or at least.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Incute vim ventis submersasque obrue puppes, Aut age diversos et dissice corpora ponto,

    Verg. A. 1, 69 sq. Rib. (furens Juno et irata, quod gravissimum credebat, optavit, deinde quod secundum intulit, Diom. p. 411 P.):

    quaero, num injuste aut improbe fecerit,

    or at least unfairly, Cic. Off. 3, 13, 54:

    a se postulari aut exspectari aliquid suspicantur,

    id. ib. 2, 20, 69:

    quā re vi aut clam agendum est,

    or at least by stealth, id. Att. 10, 12:

    profecto cuncti aut magna pars Siccensium fidem mutavissent,

    Sall. J. 56, 6:

    Audendum est aliquid universis aut omnia singulis patienda,

    Liv. 6, 18, 7:

    pars a centurionibus aut praetoriarum cohortium militibus caesi,

    Tac. A. 1, 30:

    potentiā suā numquam aut raro ad impotentiam usus,

    Vell. 2, 29.—
    b.
    With certe, etc., v. infra, F. 2.—
    B.
    To connect something which must take place, if that which is previously stated does not, or, otherwise, or else, in the contrary case, = alioqui:

    Redduc uxorem, aut quam obrem non opus sit cedo,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 76:

    id (principium) nec nasci potest nec mori, aut concidat omne caelum etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 23, 54 (Seyffert ad h. l., but preferring ut non; B. and K. and Kühner, vel):

    nunc manet insontem gravis exitus: aut ego veri Vana feror,

    Verg. A. 10, 630:

    effodiuntur bulbi ante ver: aut deteriores fiunt,

    Plin. 19, 5, 30, § 96:

    Mutatione recreabitur sicut in cibis... Aut dicant iste mihi, quae sit alia ratio discendi,

    Quint. 1, 12, 6; 2, 17, 9.—
    C.
    To restrict or correct an expression which is too general or inaccurate, or, or rather, or more accurately.
    a.
    Absol.:

    de hominum genere, aut omnino de animalium loquor,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 11, 33; 5, 20, 57; id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:

    Aut scilicet tua libertas disserendi amissa est, aut tu is es, qui in disputando non tuum judicium sequare,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 36: cenaene causā, aut tuae mercedis gratiā Nos nostras aedīs postulas comburere? or rather, etc., Plaut. Aul. 2, 6, 11.—In this signification aut sometimes begins a new clause: Potestne igitur quisquam dicere, inter eum, qui doleat, et inter eum, qui in voluptate sit, nihil interesse? Aut, ita qui sentiet, non apertissime insaniat? or is not rather, etc., Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 20:

    Quid est enim temeritate turpius? Aut quid tam temerarium tamque indignum sapientis gravitate atque constantiā, quam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Fin. 4, 26, 72; Plin. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—
    b.
    With potius (v. infra, F. 4.).—
    D.
    Neque... aut sometimes, but chiefly in the poets, takes the place of neque... neque: Neque ego hanc abscondere furto Speravi, ne finge, fugam;

    nec conjugis umquam Praetendi taedas aut haec in foedera veni,

    Verg. A. 4, 339:

    Si neque avaritiam neque sordes aut mala lustra Obiciet vere quisquam mihi,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 68 Bentl., but ac, K. and H.:

    Nunc neque te longi remeantem pompa triumphi Excipit aut sacras poscunt Capitolia lauros,

    Luc. 1, 287:

    Nam neque plebeiam aut dextro sine numine cretam Servo animam,

    Stat. S. 1, 4, 66:

    Neque enim Tyriis Cynosura carinis Certior aut Grais Helice servanda magistris,

    Val. Fl. 1, 17; so also Tacitus: nec litore tenus adcrescere aut resorberi, Agr. 10; G. 7 ter; H. 1, 32; so after non:

    Non eo dico, quo mihi veniat in dubium tua fides, aut quo etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 5:

    non jure aut legibus cognoscunt,

    Tac. Or. 19; id. Agr. 41; id. G. 24; after haud:

    Haud alias populus plus occultae vocis aut suspicacis silentii permisit,

    id. A. 3, 11; after nihil:

    nihil caedis aut praedae,

    id. A. 15, 6; 13, 4; id. H. 1, 30.—
    E.
    The poets connect by aut... vel, vel... aut, instead of aut... aut, or vel... vel: Quotiens te votui Argu [p. 211] rippum Conpellare aut contrectare conloquive aut contui? Plaut. As. 3, 1, 19:

    aut appone dapes, Vare, vel aufer opes,

    Mart. 4, 78, 6 (this epigram is rejected by Schneid.):

    Non ars aut astus belli vel dextera deerat,

    Sil. 16, 32.—
    F.
    In connection with other particles.
    1.
    Aut etiam, to complete or strengthen an assertion, or also, or even:

    quid ergo aut hunc prohibet, aut etiam Xenocratem, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 18, 51:

    conjectura in multas aut diversas, aut etiam in contrarias partes,

    id. Div. 2, 26, 55; id. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    si aut ambigue aut inconstanter aut incredibiliter dicta sunt, aut etiam aliter ab alio dicta,

    id. Part. Or. 14, 51:

    etsi omnia aut scripta esse a tuis arbitror, aut etiam nuntiis ac rumore perlata,

    id. Att. 4, 1.—So with one aut:

    quod de illo acceperant, aut etiam suspicabantur,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 19, 36; Cels. 4, 18:

    si modo sim (orator), aut etiam quicumque sim,

    Cic. Or. 3, 12; id. de Or. 1, 17, 76.—
    2.
    Aut certe, aut modo, aut quidem, or aut sane, to restrict a declaration, or at least (cf. II. A.).
    a.
    Aut certe:

    ac video hanc primam ingressionem meam aut reprehensionis aliquid, aut certe admirationis habituram,

    Cic. Or. 3, 11; id. Top. 17, 64:

    quo enim uno vincebamur a victā Graeciā, id aut ereptum illis est, aut certe nobis cum illis communicatum,

    id. Brut. 73, 254; so Dolabella ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9, 1; Liv. 2, 1, 4; 40, 46, 2; Cels. 1, 2; 5, 26; Prop. 4, 21, 29.—
    b.
    Aut modo:

    Si umquam posthac aut amasso Casinam, aut obcepso modo,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 22.—
    c.
    Aut quidem:

    Proinde desinant quidam quaerere ultra aut opinari... aut quidem vetustissimā nave impositos jubebo avehi,

    Suet. Caes. 66.—
    d.
    Aut sane:

    Afer aut Sardus sane,

    Cic. Scaur. 15.—
    3.
    Aut vero, to connect a more important thought, or indeed, or truly:

    Quem tibi aut hominem, aut vero deum, auxilio futurum putas?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 78:

    Quis enim tibi hoc concesserit, aut initio genus hominum se oppidis moenibusque saepsisse? Aut vero etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 9, 36.—
    4.
    Aut potius, for correction or greater definiteness, or rather (cf. II. C.):

    Erravit, aut potius insanivit Apronius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 119:

    proditores aut potius apertos hostes,

    id. Sest. 35:

    nemo est injustus, aut incauti potius habendi sunt improbi,

    id. Leg. 1, 14, 40:

    Quae est ergo ista ratio, aut quae potius ista amentia?

    id. Verr. 3, 173.—
    5.
    Aut ne... quidem:

    ego jam aut rem aut ne spem quidem exspecto,

    Cic. Att. 3, 22 fin.
    ► Aut regularly precedes the words of its clause, but sometimes in the poets it takes the second place:

    Saturni aut sacram me tenuisse diem,

    Tib.
    1, 3, 18 Lachm.:

    justos aut reperire pedes,

    id. 2, 5, 112:

    Persequar aut studium linguae etc.,

    Prop. 4, 21, 27:

    Fer pater, inquit, opem! Tellus aut hisce, vel istam, etc.,

    Ov. M. 1, 545 (Merk., ait):

    Balteus aut fluxos gemmis adstrinxit amictus,

    Luc. 2, 362, where some read haud. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 525-558.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aut

  • 18 דוש

    דּוּש(b. h.), part. a. perf. דָּש 1) to tread, trample, thresh. Sabb.VII, 2 הדָּש he who threshes (on the Sabbath); a. fr.Euphem. for sexual contact. Nidd.41b. Gen. R. s. 85. Pes.87b; a. e. דוש בעקב to trample with ones heel, to treat lightly, not to heed. Ab. Zar.18a. Lev. R. s. 27. 2) to walk about, be familiar, well-known. Meg.24b אם היה דש בעירו if he has been a familiar figure in his town (so that people do not mind his bodily disfigurement); Y.Taan.IV, beg.67b; a. fr. Pi. דִּיֵּיש to trample. Ex. R. s. 15 הייתם מְדַיְּישִׁין את העץוכ׳ you used to tread upon this piece of wood. Midr. Till. to Ps. 8:3 מְדַיֵּיש עליך בעפר even one who treads upon thee as upon dust. Gen. R. s. 44 דַּיְּישֵׁם tread upon them. Polel דּוֹשֵׁש, v. דָּשַׁש.

    Jewish literature > דוש

  • 19 דּוּש

    דּוּש(b. h.), part. a. perf. דָּש 1) to tread, trample, thresh. Sabb.VII, 2 הדָּש he who threshes (on the Sabbath); a. fr.Euphem. for sexual contact. Nidd.41b. Gen. R. s. 85. Pes.87b; a. e. דוש בעקב to trample with ones heel, to treat lightly, not to heed. Ab. Zar.18a. Lev. R. s. 27. 2) to walk about, be familiar, well-known. Meg.24b אם היה דש בעירו if he has been a familiar figure in his town (so that people do not mind his bodily disfigurement); Y.Taan.IV, beg.67b; a. fr. Pi. דִּיֵּיש to trample. Ex. R. s. 15 הייתם מְדַיְּישִׁין את העץוכ׳ you used to tread upon this piece of wood. Midr. Till. to Ps. 8:3 מְדַיֵּיש עליך בעפר even one who treads upon thee as upon dust. Gen. R. s. 44 דַּיְּישֵׁם tread upon them. Polel דּוֹשֵׁש, v. דָּשַׁש.

    Jewish literature > דּוּש

  • 20 судя по

    General subject: as judged by, judging by, speak by (...), based upon (Example: судя по этой афише, к какому жанру принадлежит этот фильм? - based upon this poster, what type of movie do you think this movie is?), if anything to go by (If the statistics are anything to go by, 40 per cent of married women cheat - судя по статистическим данным, 40 % замужних женщин изменяют супругам)

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > судя по

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Upon This Rock — Episodio de Héroes Episodio nº 12 Temporada 4 Escrito por Juan Carlos Coto Dirigido por Rob Underwood …   Wikipedia Español

  • Upon This Rock — *Upon This Rock (song) composition by Joe Farrell, subject of a lawsuit as it has been allegedly sampled by Kanye West, Method Man and Redman amongst others *Upon This Rock (album) an album recorded by Larry Norman in 1969 …   Wikipedia

  • Upon This Rock (song) — Upon This Rock is a musical composition by Joe Farrell written in 1974.In 2008 it returned to media attention when Farrell s daughter sued Kanye West, Method Man, Redman, Common and their record companies over alleged sampling of the track. [… …   Wikipedia

  • Upon This Dawning — Allgemeine Informationen Genre(s) Metalcore Gründung 2007 Website www.myspace.com/ …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Upon This Rock (album) — Infobox Album | Name = Upon This Rock Type = Album Artist = Larry Norman Released = 1969 Recorded = Length = Label = Capitol Records Producer = Larry Norman Reviews = Last album = This album = Next album = Upon This Rock is the title of an album… …   Wikipedia

  • upon */*/*/ — UK [əˈpɒn] / US [əˈpɑn] preposition Collocations: Upon is much more formal than on, but it can be used with the same meanings as the preposition on in the following cases: on/onto an object or surface: It fell upon the ground. supported by a part …   English dictionary

  • upon — up|on [ ə pan ] preposition *** 1. ) on LITERARY on or onto something: Shadows were flickering upon the studio floor. He believes we were put upon this earth for a purpose. 2. ) used after some verbs instead of on FORMAL used after some verbs… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • upon*/ — [əˈpɒn] preposition 1) literary on or onto something He believes we were put upon this earth for a purpose.[/ex] 2) formal used after some verbs with the same meaning as ‘on My whole future depended upon the decision of one manager.[/ex] 3)… …   Dictionary for writing and speaking English

  • This time the struggle is for our freedom — is a speech given by Bengali nationalist leader Sheikh Mujibur Rahman on March 7, 1971 at the historic Ramna Race Course Maidan in Dhaka to a gathering of over two million people from all walks of life. It was given at a time of simmering… …   Wikipedia

  • Upon the Dull Earth — is a science fiction short story by Philip K. Dick. First published in November 1954 in Beyond Fantasy Fiction.PlotBy offering up the blood of a lamb, Silvia, the protagonist of Upon the Dull Earth , is able to summon creatures she identifies as… …   Wikipedia

  • This Is Spinal Tap — This article is about the film. For the soundtrack album, see This Is Spinal Tap (album). This Is Spinal Tap 2000 theatrical rerelease poster Directed by Rob R …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»